Home

Draytek Vigor2710Vn

1. Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V 2 01 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide ii Dr ay Tek Vigor2710 Series ADSL2 2 Firewall Router User s Guide Version 2 0 Date 21 07 2009 Dray Te k iii Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2009 AII rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp e Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Vigor2710 Series User s Guide X Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The rout
2. SIP URL 1234 draytel org Peut 23 lo ste ond Phone Number 2222 Dial Out Account Default v Loop through None SIP Accounts Settings ps Profile Name iptel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts Domain Realm iptel org SIP Account Index No 1 21 Profile Name iptel 1 11 char max Proxy iptel org Register via Auto v Call without Registration Act as outbound proxy SIP Port s060 Domain Realm iptel org 63 char max unchecked Proxy iptel org 63 char max Display Name David O Act as outbound proxy Display Name David 23 char max Account Name 432 Account Number Name 4321 63 char max Authentication ID unchecked E Authentication ID 53 char max Password did sere pic Expiry Time 1hour sec Expiry Time use default value NAT Traversal Support None v Phone Ring Port ISDN1 S0 Any CODEC RTP DTMF mu Rem ing Pattern v Use default value David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 270 Dr ay Te k Example 2 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from the same service provider John s SIP URL 1234 G draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 draytel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 D
3. VoIP gt gt Status Status Refresh Seconds Rx Elapse Tx Rx Rx In Out Miss Speaker Port Status Codes PBBFHD hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts Calls Calls Calls Gain Phonel IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 L 0 Phonee IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 T 0 Log Date Time Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID mim dd yyy HH ri 33 hh rmim s2 E 00 00 00 00 up 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 op 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 m7oO oO coco oo 8 For Vigor2710 VDn VoIP gt gt Status status Refresh Seconds Elapse Tx Rx Rx In Out Miss Speaker ee ee hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts pee Calls Calls Calls Gain Phone IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 DECT1 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 DECT2 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 5 DECTS IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 DECT4 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 DECT5 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 DECT6 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Log Date Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID mm dd yvyvy hh mm ss 0 E E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 g g 0 g g g 0 Refresh Seconds Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 216 Dr ay Tek Port Status Codec PeerID Elapse Tx Pkts Rx Pkts Rx Los
4. WAN link for Channel 3 4 5 are provided for router borne application such as TR069 and VoIP The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP For your special request please contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 3 4 or 5 to configure your router WAN gt Multi PVCs gt gt PVC Channel 3 WAN for Router borne Application Enable 9 Disable DSL Modem Settings VPI QoS Type UBR VC Protocol PPPoA w PPPOE PPPnoA Client ISP Access Setup ISP Mame Username Password PPP Authentication Always On Idle Timeout IP Address From ISP Fixed IP Yes Fixed IP Address WAN for Router borne Application Enable Disable Vigor2710 Series User s Guide i second s Mo Dynamic IP YE MUN MPoA RFC1483 2684 Obtain an IP address automatically D p id Required for same ISPs Encapsulation Router Name Domain Name Specify an IP address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DANS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Choose the router service for channel 3 4 or 5 Management It can be specified for general management Web configuration telnet TRO069 If you choose Management the configuration for this PVC will be effective for Web configuration telnet TRO69 VoIP It can be specified for VoIP only If you choose VoIP the configuration for this PVC will be effective for VoIP data transmitting and receiving
5. 281 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 282 Dr ay Te k Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright 3 fnot it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Dr ay Tek 283 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failur
6. Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Type in all the information that the window request Then click Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request After clicking Generate the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HC L HC O Draytek O Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBqjCCARMCAQA wajELMAKGAIUEBhMCVFCxCZAJBGgNVBAgTAkhDMQOswCQYDWVOOH EwJIIOGQZzEOMAJGAIUEChMHEHJheEXERlazELMAKkGAIUECXMCUKGQXIJjAcgBgkghkicSw B COEINESHICHBvcnRAZHJIheXRlIays5jbz wgzawDboOYIEKozIIlvcHAiQoEBBOADGY U0AMIGT LAocGBALMJIdTsqrFS7FEpYyc IdqeJvVTIcusRtqGcs5EtusayTUSHCvEXphizcereTlBGrikTUBX alX fugnEccQA2LPSQIQ85Qvcehwqo7BmOEDflO0wHwCal zQocvIiODMC7f5uS8xAB8 m 6 0radxzdo0njzxzxgcic OBjli ae6HLScelsynzhkangoligoNB5uFAcgMBZAiiccgADAMNBcgkdg hkicgwl BAODUFAi ioBgoOCq3sdwyvczitsSgqnamexzBlIsvzu JHaf29SeUnaYDhzefComcfX gGojHpstNHasmWsMBRulwGeKCWesgs dgLtHhr6iccMoToQFx LWdaEPUSLqryBKEgCat eorpDal rcCcS9zwCra taxumPeaqMoiytqgsBxStTEBvULiIlxmwaBwvclhWFZZzKVLU7g Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 190 Dr ay Te k 4 10 2 T
7. Do you want to upgrade firmware OK Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade amp TFTP server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 5 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 244 Dr ay Te k 4 14 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics 4 14 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g PPPoE PPPoA etc is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 np OO au ad ad aa ag ag 00 00 ad aa 00 OO ag ag 00 00 00 00 00 00 ad 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO aud ad aa aa ag ag 00 00 ad aa 00 O00 OO 00 ad aa 00 O00 ag 00 00 ad aa 00 O00 Decoded Format 0 0 0 0 gt 0 0 0 0 Pr Olen O c0 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and le
8. NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment Local IP Address Status ile a M ER M 4 i B b M M Bg sd sh M 10 M lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Dr ay Tek 119 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide NAT gt gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index Mo 1 Enable Open Ports Comment p bh Pp Local Computer 182 158 1 10 Choose FC Pratacal Start Part End Port Protocol Start Port End Port 1 m E em x NM MM NN Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface Local Computer Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port Vigor2710 Series User s Guide UEP a aa LLL LLL IMEEM Check to enable this entry 1 Make a name for the defined network application service Specify the WAN interface that will be
9. On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 146 Dr ay Tek checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to all
10. When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with 666 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of 031111111 will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to 56 Dr ay Tek SIP server Mode Replace Repl OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Max Len Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Interface Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP a
11. ASS PP 9 o 144 LE RON m iO RT eee ee eee ee ee ee eee eee 144 4 SA0 MISC OD CCU E 145 AOO NEPRO O RENE RENTEN 146 do LINEPZPSIGIUPLION 22 2 992 2919522 0 29 9 2 220009 0 8 s 0t E TAr 147 4 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeee eee nnne nnne nnn nennen nnns 148 4 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile nennen 152 4 7 Bandwidth Management cccccsseeccccseseeecaeeeeecseeeeeeeeuceesaadeeesseeeeeeeaeeeesseeeessageeessaeseesgess 154 BT AN DOSSIOMS LIMI setr viros sd iube ones O eser Es vette ite Ud indt ume bte Dor ua USUS HER ME 154 4 7 2 Bandwidth LIMI ETE TU 156 TASA IEEE 157 AON OIC AON MENT RR 164 AS WD IBN A 164 niv MI 166 LS SiL E 168 OAL NIP VE RETE TE 169 I RM TEH 171 48 6 Wake on MET 171 4 9 VPN and Remote ACCESS cccccccssececcesseccsseecceeuseeccesececsaeeessaeeeseuseeessaseeessaneeessaneeesseas 173 4 9 1 Remote Access Control eeeesssssssssessssesssseseeenna nenne nennen nnns nnns nnn nnn nnns 173 4 9 2 PPP General Sell insist ori ducis nne obo xu cios a d ops vectus onec oss au p SUME d REP uei ade 173 neo ge EE Ora e 0 oT en rte eer eet ener E eee ee 174 AO MIPSC Peer VS Wy
12. Advance Settings gt gt Phonel Tone Settings Region User Defined Caller ID Type FSK ETSI M Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton 2 T off 2 Hz Dial tane Ringing tone Congestion tone Volume Gain Mic Gaing1 105 Speaker Gain 1 105 MISC 400 200 Hz msec msec msec msec DTMFE DTMF Mode Payload Type RFC2833 Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 Ring Frequency 10 BO HZ Region Dray Tek Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy 71 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Volume Gain MISC DTMF Vigor2710 Series User s Guide tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Tone Settings Region User Defined am Speaker qslovakia Hungary MISC Switzerland rial Tana Onwor ovol f1 Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the numbe
13. Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec The default Codec setting for each port will be shown in this field for your reference You can click the number below the Index field to change it for each phone port Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel 1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Disable Phone If Phone port is disabled Phone could not be used anymore However its DSP resource could be used by DECT and DECT could dial 4 VoIP calls at the same time Dr ay Tek 67 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide DECT phone access code RTP Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Otherwise DECT could only dial 3 VoIP calls at the same time When registering with DECT phone you will be asked to type access code The default setting in Vigor2710VDn is 1234 Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the priva
14. DECT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS ACTIVE 729A B 1 192 168 1 2 00 00 14 414 414 DECT6 Status Codec IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE PeerID Elapse Tx 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 o 00 00 00 o 00 00 00 o 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 0 Rx hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts 0 0 0 0 0 o oOjojoo ooo Refresh Seconds 10 Rx Jitter m oroio O ooo s In Out Miss Speaker Calls Calls Calls Gain 0 0 0 5 0 0 o 0 0 o 5 0 0 0 5 0 0 o 5 0 2 0 5 0 o 0 5 When registering with DECT phone you will be asked to type access code The default setting in Vigor2710V Dn is 1234 Please open VoIP gt gt Phone Settings to modify it if required co HER DECT 2 DECTS DECT4 DECTS DECT6 User Defined User Defined User Defined User Defined User Defined G 729A B G 729A B G 729A B G 729A B G 729A B 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 InBand InBand InBand InBand InBand Disable Port Phone Note If Phone port is disabled Phone could not be used anymore However its dsp resource could be used by DECT and DECT could dial 4 voip call at the same time Otherwise DECT could only dial 3 voip call at the same time DECT phone access code 1234 Note Default DECT phone access code is 1234 Setup DECT phone access code here Default value is 1234 The following diagram shows the brief construction of DECT phone handset and Vigor router Dray Tek 73 V
15. Default Mane x Default None A g Default Mane x ae Default None A 10 Default Mone E 11 Default Mane E 12 Default None x 13 Default None x 14 Default Mane 15 Default Mone x 16 Default None x TE Default Mane i 18 Default Mane A 19 Default Mane E 20 Default None M lt lt 1 270 21 40 41 60 gt gt Next gt gt Status v Active x Inactive Empty Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Display Name Pally SIP URL 1112 im ftwd pulver com Dial Qut Account Loop through Backup Phone Mumber Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Vigor2710 Series User s Guide The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use 54 Dray Tek the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured Loop through The selection should be as the
16. Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel 1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index If Phone port is disabled Phone could not be used anymore However its DSP resource could be used by DECT and DECT could dial 4 VoIP calls at the same time Otherwise DECT could only dial 3 VoIP calls at the same me When registering with DECT phone you will be asked to type access code The default setting in Vigor2710VDn is 1234 Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the 207 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide drop down list to choose any one of them RTP TOS Detailed Settings for Phone Port IP precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP preceden
17. Dray Tek 115 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide MAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Made Service Name Protocol WAT IP Public Port Private IP Private Part Note In Range Made the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP Have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Active Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private
18. IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key LJ Digital Signaturefx 5095 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP DES 3DES AES RIF Direction From first subnet to remote network you have ta da Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Clear Cancel Determine the dial in connection with different types Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below 255 255 255 0 kK Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection n 85 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Specify Remote VPN Gateway User Name Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or pe
19. In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog Th WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join MAT IP Pool TDI IET SOEC mmmm V LOL UL IL LOL EL IE I LOL UL IL LOL LE ORT am eee Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously 95 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide in Applications Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to acti
20. Note If you intend running a YPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings 4 9 2 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set RU M PAP or CHAP Authentication Start IP Address oo MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authenticatian PAP Yves 9 No Username Password 173 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Dial In PPP Select this option to force the router to authenticate dial in Authentication PAP Only users with the PAP protocol PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Dial In PPP Encryption This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will MPPE Optional MPPE be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MPPE v Optional MPPE Require hMPPE LUP
21. choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Set the direction of packet flow LAN 2 WAN W AN 2LAN It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges 126 Dray Tek Service Type Dray Tek EB http 192 168 1 5 IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Address Edit Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object or IP Object None 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Finanical Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type 23 htp 192
22. connection expires Add to Access Control Client s MAC address E Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Dr ay Tek 85 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 3 7 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance p p p 3 7 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router web page will change according to the route you have It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Vigor2710 series Firmware Version 3 3 0 RCT Build Date Time Jul 1 2009 16 34 46 ADSL Firmware Version 211011 A Annex A LAN WAN 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Link Status Disconnected ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 F 00 00 01 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection PPPoE DHCP Server Yes IP Address DNS 194 109 6 66 Default Gateway Wireless LAN Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Phone No 0 0 Frequency Domain Europe D
23. d S d 2j a d a Dj d i0 O i P iej 13 O 14 O 15 16 O LED a i8 O 19 O 20 0 Prefix Number mm Bb AULULUULIUT Interface Mode OP Number z E m cs ty x m dE Note Min Len and Max Len should be between 0 25 Enable Prefix Number Mode Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Check this box to invoke this setting The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with 666 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will replace 8863 For example dial number of 88631111111 196 Dr ay Tek will be changed to 031111111 and sent to SIP server Mode Replace Repl OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode
24. gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Dr ay Tek 139 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 4 5 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1f Se ECR EB rer ePrPeePe E e ex e e Ps JP JP e Po PS e mm Dg BEBBBRBPEBRBPBREBSEI Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 140 Dr ay Tek Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you ha
25. hh mm Duration Time hh mm Man Force On bul bo minute s mas 255 0 for default Tue wed Thu Fi LJ Sat Check to enable the schedule Specify the starting date of the schedule Specify the starting time of the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office ou 21 ou Hour f 3 3 Force On 7 5 sj Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm 1 Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Vigor2
26. 15 in Schedule Setup Play dial tone only when account registered LLL EL EL Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List LIE AL LL CUR hide caller ID Hotline Session Timer Call Forwarding DND Do Not Disturb mode Dray Tek OK Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out BEEE Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles t
27. 18 19 20 21 ele a e RE Be Peer P Pee ee te G5 oa PF Pa PR Ps Ps PR Ps PRO SEEBEBERBEEERE 33 54 65 96 gt gt Next gt gt P P c Prt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Protocol tee M B source Part Ho ER Destination Port p L eo Name Type a name for this profile ma il Protocol Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Destination Port Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number Dr ay Tek 137 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Objects Setting gt gt Service T
28. 2 5 lite MS Windows For VoIP Model zip Choose the one that matches with your operating system and click the corresponding link to download correct firmware zip file Next decompress the zip file 273 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 9 Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear ie setup DrayTek Router Tools Y 3 5 1 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 3 5 1 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools V 3 5 1 on your computer It iz recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Nest to continue or Cancel to exit Setup Cancel 10 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 11 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Upzrade Utility 3 5 1 Time Qut Sec So Port 9 Passward PF Router IP Po j Firmware File Ooo e 12 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 13 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 274 Dray Tek Firmware Upgrade Utili
29. 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer ccccccscsseeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeesaeaeeeeeeeeeesssaaseeeeeeees 286 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not sssssssseeeeeennne 287 6 5 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary sssseeeeeeessseee 288 656 GOntacting Your Cal Oi qu cT 289 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide x Dr ay Tek 1 Preface Vigor2710 series is an ADSL router It integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DS the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 2 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDosS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall 1s flexible and allows your network be safe In addition through VoIP function the communication fee for you and remote people can be reduced In addition Vigor2710 series supports USB interface for connecting USB printer to share printer or USB
30. 630 Eire cnet a a a as cones 21 pA2PPPORETPPPONSL eedem uei onto amico idiota bun iicaedid aM a leas cidisue uci e 22 p d 7409 Blidded IE nich idsen idieam E eae ese tase parce eene so ocans ibis udi cu ti hound tedE 23 P4 T1499 RONGO P adiens iun Enti Soa etin tatto tantur t sone dead bun th Ecae Did ade ch ideas oA urS tese 24 ZR eicit MT NNTRRTN 25 2 6 SAVING GONTIQUI ATO n NR E 27 B di eo 10 o io pM 29 Swlei i l eH RI ULT 29 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWork cccccccesseeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeessaneeessaeees 29 9 2 PPPOBRPEPOu i ts cage oe cere tec e Seren nM E E a E NIU UCM stum MUUIUNINENE 30 Sca S 37 ie ID ASICS Cl LAIN M 37 MON A SIO RT vaca secauasseue E 38 SEA DUM 41 ore M PO 218 i e NN UULTM 41 SEOEAMBI dao ene eee E A ee eee eee ee 43 SS OPEN PON RE TE OO T E ee eee 46 Opi CANONS MENOR n 47 SE KMS I Dedi HS 47 SC RAN m X ER 49 SU Rf P O 51 Dray Te k vii Vigor2710 Series User s Guide MAA tall eR uuu A 53 39 2 SIP ACCOUNTS assumi metoite sus i E Ute sadam a tut Hu UPC ques ide Pigs d NU Ope RE 61 9 9 9 Phone S
31. A 32 TTF A Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation Dray Te k 181 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAM to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Mame Enable this profile Netbios Naming Packet 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Q PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Server IP Hast Name for VPN Pass ObBlock Call Direction 9 Both Dial Qut Dial In O Always on 300 Idle Timeout second s Enable PING ta keep alive PING to the IP Prr PAP CHAP 0 on off Username Password PPP Authentication v Compression IKE Authentication Method such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 po Profile Name Enable this profile Netbios Naming Packet Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to Keep alive Vigor2710 Series Us
32. AP and the stations 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit Guard Interval It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable 4 12 8 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC BE AC BK AC VlI and AC VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Such function is designed for mobile and cordless phones that support VoIP mostly Wireless LAN gt gt WMM Configuration WMM Configuration Setto Factory Defau
33. After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking Here we take Annex A model as an example for describing hardware installation Land line jack POTS ADS Splitter T or Microfilter Analog Phone bi 9 Exc Analog Phane E EL b m E n a w m Mcr 1 e a a d L E Q2 E E ee a z me 1 Power Adapter B y c 5 PAR Power Switch Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 10 Dray Tek Caution 1 Each of the Phone ports can be connected to an analog phone only Do not connect the phone ports to the land line jack Such connection might damage your router 2 When the power is shutdown VoIP phone will be disconnected However a phone set connected to Phone 2 port can be used as the traditional telephone for the line will be guided to land line jack via the router loop through 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www draytek com EN Printer Name 192 168 1 1 i PortName IP 192 168 1 1 Printer Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt
34. Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 ki En EE MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10 v DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Fatal ra ael WE Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 168 95 1 1 lt liil DNS Servers Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 Refresh ADSL Status St Sra area ers Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 240 Dr ay Te k 4 13 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance Time and Date Time Information Current System Time Time Setup Use Browser Time 9 Use Internet Time Client Time Pratacal Server IP Address Time Zone Enable Daylight Saving Automatically Update Interval 2000 Jan 1 Sat 1 54 44 NTP RFC 1305 pool ntp org GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin v i Current System Time Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Time Protocol Server IP Address Time Zone Automatically Update Interval Click OK to save these settings Dray Tek Click Inquire Time to get the current time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Select a time protocol Type the IP address of t
35. CHAP E Authentication Start IP Address 182 158 1 200 p EMT MPPE Optional MPPE v Mutual Authentication PAPA ves 9 No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Dray Tek 253 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAND IKE Authentication Method Pro Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data wil be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP pes Mapes MAES Data wil be encrypted and authentic Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Prafile Name 1al Enable this profile Netbios Naming Packet Pass OB the selected Dial Out method Call Direction 9 Both Dial Out Dial In Always on lack Idle Timeout S00 Enable PING to keep alive second s Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with If an IPSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Metho
36. Configuration Enable P1 p2 P3 P4 LANO LI VLAN1 VLAN2 F O L VLAN3 d d O To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 112 Dray Tek 4 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Note IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internat Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort Mac Address Index IF Address Hac Address U0 UE A6 24 D5 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10 Add and Edit IP Address fe Mac Address LH H HH Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Add and Edit Refresh IP Bind List Add Dray Tek Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which i
37. DECTS No 0 0 UP highs eee DECT6 No 0 0 3 1 Internet Access Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group and click the Internet Access link 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges Dray Tek 29 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use
38. Edit E dit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 264 Dr ay Te k Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Ser General Setup Enable the Qo8 Control Index Glass 1 Class 3 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name DiffServ NO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 10 Active Any Any IP precedence 1 TMELWET VER 23 4 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the Qos Control Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail Glass 2 Glass 3 Others C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics Dray Tek 265 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 5 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Glass Index 22 Nama HTTPS NO Status DiffServ CodePoint 1 Empty z Local Address Remote Address Service Type 6 Click Setu
39. HOEPERTL A EPCLFNDESONERGE Beneral Services Select the services running on your network that Internet users can access L Ftp Example mznmzauar 132 158 28 11 13135 60654 UDF msnmsgr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDF This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a msnmsgr 192 158 29 11 8783 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer Show icon in notification area when connected Settings The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 3 5 VoIP Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to
40. HOST ID wv Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 14 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics NAT Sessions Table MAT Active Sessions Table Refresh Private IP Port Pseudo Port Peer IF Port Interface Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Dr ay Tek 247 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Peer IP Port Interface Refresh 4 14 6 Data Flow Monitor It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host It displays the representing number for different interface Click it to reload the page This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Mo
41. IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter 9 Enable Start Filter Set Q Disable Data Filter 9 Enable Start Filter Set Q Disable Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Pass IM P2P Filtei Mone URL Content Filter Mane bE me Web Content Filter Mone Tun Advance Setting Edit Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for some games ex CS Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Data Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Filter Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules IM P2P Filter Select a CSM profile for global IM P2P application blocking All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the CSM profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of CSM profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record infor
42. IP address ree Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address 50 rF foo Joo Jor DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address 6 5 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 288 Dray Tek Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router 9 Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory Reset After restore the factory
43. Ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 182 158 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable 9 Disable IP Pool Counts so 2nd IP Address 132 165 2 1 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 1 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address 2nd Subnet DHCP Server 10 Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address RIP Protocol Control Disable v C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address 1st IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 1st Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 38 Dr ay Te k For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is 2 d IP Address 2 Subnet Mask 2 DHCP Server RIP Protocol Control Dray Tek Disable Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet ZJ hitp 192 168 1 1 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer MBR 2nd DHCP Server IP Fool Counts a max 105 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address HEHEHEH Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your r
44. Local ID optional Clear Cancel If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection Dray Tek 261 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Liegrmims 222 Enable this account Idle Timeout s00 second s IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key M L IPSec Tunnel Digital Signature 5093 Allowed Dial In Type IPSec Security Method Mediumt4H4 High ESP DES 3DES AES Local ID aptianal EE Settings in the remote host 1 For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www draytek com download center Install as instructed 2 After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP Step D This step will add the ProhibitlpSec registry value to computer iri order to configure a L2TPJIPSec connection using a pre shared key or a LZTP connection For mare infomation please read the article 240262 in the Microsoft Knawledgement Base Step 1 Dial ta ISP IF vou have a
45. Number for David Or He picks up the phone and dials 432142 David s Account Name VoIP DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 ie SIP URL 1224 draytol org Daal Out Acco v Loop Uw gh i w Backup f m b lear Cancel VoIP SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Ahn 11 char max Auto v tho g 5060 draytel 1 P draylel 1 t s ou L y Name D unt Numt uthentk D P ord ee E Time IA w NAT ive No v ij Phone F ts S0 v JISDN2 TE F w David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John Or He picks up the phone and dials 1234s John s Account Name 271 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 5 5 2 Peer to Peer Calling Example 3 Arnor and Paulin have Vigor routers respectively they can call each other without SIP Registrar First they must have each other s IP address and assign an Account Name for the port used for calling Arnor s SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 Settings for Arnor DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name paulin SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Paulin Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Arnor Account Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTMF Use default value Settings for Paulin DialPlan index 1 Phone Nu
46. Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts MAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status M ao Pees ENSEM ss cs Peed E 1 g 3 4 3 6 f 8 g 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 42 Dr ay Te k MAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Made Service Name Protocol WAT IP Public Port Private IP Private Part Note In Range Made the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP Have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Active Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redir
47. Printer and Faxes S Documents Settings G Control Panel e Network Connections Printers and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu Search Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer sd Dr ay Tek 11 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections If vou have a Plug and Play printer that connects LD through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable Printers and Faxes Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties 2 2 Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you Set Up Faxing To continue click Next Create Shortcut Delete Rename Io Wo Cancel Close 4 Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer O A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e X Tosetup a network printer that is not attached to a print server AJ use the Local printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Ty
48. Series User s Guide o 23 char max 68 char max Po 63 char max P 63 char max Mone Mone Phone bEcri pEcT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECT5 DECT6 1 w Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of 64 Dray Tek SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Dray Tek Call without registration Choosing Auto is recommended Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name
49. Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP 96 Dr ay Tek Modulation Drop down the list to choose a proper modulation for the router WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection Detection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command RIP Protocol Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function Bridge Mode If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem If you install a 3G USB modem on the router Dray Tek please Enable the Dial Backup Mode to perform file backup via USB device After
50. Tek 27 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 28 Dr ay Te k User Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute simple configuration through user mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Donottype any word both username and password are Null for user operation on the window and click Login on the window Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that User mode will be displayed on the bottom left side a e io 710 Series Dray Tek Off v System Status Quick Start Wizard Online Status Model Name Vigor2710 series Firmware Version 3 3 0 RC7 Build Date Time Jul 1 2009 16 34 46 gigs on ADSL Firmware Version 211011 A Annex A NAT LAN WAN 1 Meme MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Link Status Disconnected VoIP 1st IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 01 Wireless LAN ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection PPPoE System Maintenance DHCP Server Yes IP Address E eee DNS 194 109 6 66 Default Gateway Diagnostics VoIP Wireless LAN Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Phone No 0 0 Frequency Domain Europe DECT1 No 0 0 Firmware Version LERAOLO DECT2 No 0 0 SSID DrayTek DECT3 No 0 0 DECT4 No 0 0 Logout
51. UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Next Filter Set Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Enable or disable the filter rule 125 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Comment Move Up Down Next Filter Set Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Indexi i 155 in Schedule Setup Direction source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set IM P2P Filter URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 Direction Source Destination IP Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Black NetBios Any Action Profile Syslog Black Immediately he Edit Check this box to enable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may
52. Vigor2710 Vn VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone List Call Gain Default SIP DTRIF Mies Por Feature VRBE TUS Mic Speaker Account Relay 1 Phoned ewer ic tearm east 5 5 InBand x DPA l Defined 2 Phone2 omwen ic roan o oo ers InBand E E Defined RTP C Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End 15000 RTP TOS IP precedence 5 v Horn J Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 66 Dr ay Tek Phone Settings Web Page for Vigor2710 VDn VoIP gt Phone Settings Phone List mer Port Berat Cadac m NOR ker gres b 1 Phone CW CT G 729A B 59 5 5 InBand Defined 2 peer G 729A B Ps 5 5 InBand 3 DECT2 G 729A B Ned i 5 5 InBand 4 DECT3 G 729A B Seo i 5 5 InBand 5 DECT4 G 729A B M sal P 5 5 InBand 6 DECT5 G 729A B Mod 4 5 5 InBand 71 DECT6 G 729A B oop na 5 5 InBand C Disable Port Phone Note If Phone port is disabled Phone could not be used anymore However its dsp resource could be used by DECT and DECT could dial 4 voip call at the same time Otherwise DECT could only dial 3 voip call at the same time DECT phone access code 1234 Note Default DECT phone access code is 1234 RIP Symmetric RTP Dynamic KTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End 15000 RTP TOS IP precedence 5 OK Phone List Port Phone Phonel1 Phone2 allow you to set general settings for PSTN phones DECTI 6 allow you to set general settings for DECT phone
53. WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync filed instead of long preamble 81 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 82 Dr ay Tek 3 6 3 Security By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings Security Settings Mode WPA Dray Tek WPA Mode Encryption Mode TKIP Type 8 63 ASCI character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example Efgsuila2 ar x amp 655abcd Encryption Mode Ke
54. WPA PSK authentication mazomrumco Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Add to Access Control Client s MAC address Add Click this button to refresh the status of station list Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control 234 Dray Tek 4 13 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance b b gt b 4 13 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time ADSL Firmware Version MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS DECT1 No DECT2 No DECT3 No DECT4 No DECTS Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time ADSL Firmware Version LAN MAC Address 1 IP Address 1 Subnet Mask Dray Tek Vigor2710 series 3 3 0 RC7 Jul 1 2009 16 34 46 211011 A
55. by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4BA4CAD Encryption Mode h4 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use 3 6 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Wireless LAM Access Control Access Control Policy Activate MAC address filter MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Client s MAC Address T T T T T Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN Enable Access Control Select to enable the MAC Address access control feature Policy Select to enable any one of the following policy Choose Activate MAC address filter to type in the MAC addresses for other clients in the network manually Choose Isolate WLAN from LAN will separate all the WLAN stations f
56. by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Max Len Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Interface Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Setto Factory Default Index Call Direction Barring Type Barring Number URL URI Interface Status k ke P 9 e eee d 2 BR M MM N 0X PR M R P P k E c vi v m x M v Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page Dr ay Tek 197 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Direction Barring Type Specific URI URL Specific URI URL Interface Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup EE Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming a
57. decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Content Filter Profile Table Profile Name Profile Name E n EU 7 7 E UU Web Content Filter Setup Select a server global shortest site Test a site to verify whether it is cateqorized Administration Message Max 255 characters lt hody gt lt ccenter gt lt br lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt body gt You can set eight profiles as Web content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 152 Dr ay Te k CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 o Action Block v Prafile Mame Groups Categories Child Protection chat Select All F Gambling Clear All sSex Leisure Advertisements Games C Hobbies Personals L Sports Business Camputing Internet Clear All lRemote proxies Others Education select All I News Clear All Jusenet news J Criminal Hackin
58. default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 6 6 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com 289 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Dray Tek
59. different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi Display the SSID of the router This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server URL Username Password CPE Client Q Enable URL Port Username Password Periodic Inform Settings Disable 9 Enable Interval Time Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Internet PT PT poo pigor o eessseee 8 8 8 second s 236 Dr ay Tek ACS Server On Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server ACS Server On Internet v ACS Server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information CPE Client It is not necessary for you to type them Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might want to change port number for CPE Please click Enable and change the port number Periodic Inform Settings The default setting is Enable Please set interva
60. encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by 186 Dr ay Tek Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask More RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do Change default route to this VPN tunnel Dray Tek remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this 1s the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Add a static route to direc
61. entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users Dr ay Tek 175 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity A309 Peer ID Accounts Index Name EE nM Imi LE IE d d a nra TIT TEF PET FER FER EET EER TES ee vee TET TET TET EER TET Set to Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name PX c X c Ea Bea Pa oc e occ es fu Eu Ea P IP P POS Po PO POS PS P JP ee SPEEPRBABEEERBSEEEE Click it to clear all indexes E ETT ETE ZI EOS Pea n ERT Tug TET TEE TET TIR TT oat TS Setto Factory Default Status D B3 BN Boe E B B Be Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name JEnable this account Accept Any Peer ID Q Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Accept Subject Name Country C State ST Location tL Orginization 0 Orginization Unit COL Common Name CM Email E Vigor2710 Series User s Guide IP Address w 176 Dray Tek Profile N
62. facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Dr ay Tek 169 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide T IP Broadband Connection on Router Properties Advanced Settings jo Lara REA General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ae access amp J IP Brbsrband Ganrissti n on puter Ftp Example menmegr 192 168 29 11 13135 60654 UDF msnmsgr 192 168 28 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows pou to connect to the Interriet through a shared connection on another computer msnmsur 132 158 23 11 8783 63231 TCF 5 TER Show icon in notification area when connected E Edi u A HE ws The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can contro
63. have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status 40 Dray Tek System Status System Uptime 0 54 34 Primary LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 1311 1221 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS
64. here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name Check for Disallow Protocol Applications SoulSeek SoulSeek Cl eDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack KazaA BearShare iMesh JOpenFT KCeasy FilePipe C Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy OpenNMap Lopster XMap WinLop LJ BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet LI winny Winny WinMx Share Profile Name Type a name for this profile Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 144 Dr ay Te k Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile 4 5 10 Misc Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for miscellaneous applications These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt Misc Object Profile Misc Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 1r 2 18 3 19 4 20 J 21 5 22 5s P3 8 24 3 23 10 2b 11 2f 12 28 13 29 14 30 15 3 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Applications for tunneling and streaming are listed in the page for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use Misc Object drop
65. is turned an it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE PPPoA or MPoA mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAM 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 c 192 168 1 55 o Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host Zi hipo 7 52 168 1 10 152 168 1 13 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 118 Dr ay Tek save the setting NAT DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP it 192 168 1 55 192 168 1 10 Choose PC 4 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page
66. lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 174 Dr ay Te k There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security pro
67. mail from outside Authentication Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Enable E mail Alert Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following l 2 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu fag Router Tools 2 5 1 G About Router Tools En Firmware Upgrade Utility j9 Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1 Visit DrayTek Web Site From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router fit DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Control Line 192 168 1 1 v WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets Vigor series 0 0 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate 32893 ae ee 0 0 Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Mame vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description SiS 900
68. more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Dray Tek 279 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain O Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file O Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enrollment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Cetilficate Services Ago Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded
69. most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 4 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows l 2 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear ov Command Prompt Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2688 CC Copyright 1785 2881 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings faerping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 172 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 172 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A tz loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum Hms Maximum Hms Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For MacOs Terminal 1 2 3 4 Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop Open the Application folder an
70. of in call Out Calls Accumulation for the times of out call Miss Calls Accumulation for the times of missing call Speaker Gain The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 3 6 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models 3 6 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 1 1n protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume
71. of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 78 Dr ay Tek Internet SSID Draytek C is Channel 6 C Bo Mode WEP only e L iy t 5 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for enc
72. on and running normally The router is powered off Wireless access point is ready through through DSL link Blinking Slowly The modem is ready Quickly The connection is training The port is connected LAN 1 2 3 4 The port is disconnected Blinking The data is transmitting USB On A USB device is connected and active ACT Activity WLAN Blinking The data is transmitting VPN The VPN tunnel is active QoS On The QoS function is active DoS On The DoS DDoS function is active WPS On The WPS is on Off The WPS is off Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about two minutes On Press this button for 2 seconds to wait for client device making network connection through WPS When the LED lights up the WPS will be on Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about 2 minutes Interface Description WLAN Press the button once to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection DSL Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices USB Connecter for USB storage Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer WPS Button Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 Dr ay Tek Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press th
73. peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDU A MSDU Operation Mode Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 9 Mixed Mode Green Field 20 9 20 40 long 9 auto Disable 9 Enable OK Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 11n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 802 11g or 802 11b wireless client is connected 230 Dr ay Tek Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 1a b g Channel Bandwidth 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the
74. protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be ass
75. query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire interna
76. router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death Block ICMP Fragment Dray Tek many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Chec
77. secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address Displays the IP address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface WANI Status Line Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Name Displays the name set in WANI WAN web page Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 26 Dr ay Te k IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface GW IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface TX Rate Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface WANI is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface WAN1 is not ready for accessing Internet 2 6 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button Dr ay
78. storage device for sharing files Vigor2710 series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user operation allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations they can access into WEB interface through administration operation 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ots Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings pe Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation Dr ay Tek 1 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor2710 LANI LAN LANG LANA Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Status Explanation ACT Blinking The router is powered on and running Activity normally CSM On The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content F
79. the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Below shows the menu items for Internet Access Internet Access b PDDPpgaL of H MPoA RFC 1483 7684 3 1 2 PPPoE PPPoA PPPoA included in RFC148
80. this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type in the private IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type in gateway IP address Type in the primary IP address for the router If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future 101 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide ATM QoS Such configuration is applied to upstream packets Such information will be provided by ISP Please contact with your ISP for detailed information WAN gt gt Multi PVCs Multi P Cs General ATH QoS Port based Bridge Channel Qos Type PCR SCR FBS 0 NEN 0 2 0 o 0 o NEN 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 s NEN 0 bo z 0 o 0 o NN 7 0 0 0 8 o 0 oF Mate 1 5et 0 means default value 2 PCRimax ADSL Up Speed 53 8 QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel according to the information that your ISP provides Oos Type PCR It represents Peak Cell Rate The default setting 1s 0 SCR It represents Sustainable Cell Rate The value of SCR must be smaller than PCR MBS It represents Maximum Burst Size The range of the value is 10 to 50 Port based Bridge Ge
81. to the WLAN all other actions are ignored J 4 Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate LAN Member 1 o DrayTek O 2 O 3 O 4 B Hide SSID Prevent SSID from being scanned Isolate Member Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate LAN Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Channel Channel B 2437MHz vw Long Preamble O Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only lower performance Packet OVERDRIVE Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Rate Control Enable Upload Download SSID 1 o kbps kbps SSID 2 o kbps kbps SSID 3 Fj kbps ano kbps SSID 4 O kbps kbps Note range 100 50 000 kbps Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11ni 11b Only 11g Only 11n Only Mixed 1b 11 q Un Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if 11g Only 11b Only or 11n Only mode is selected Index 1 15 Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined i
82. used for this entry Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host 120 Dr ay Tek 4 4 Firewall 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities X User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an exist
83. web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n SSID DrayTek Channel Channel 6 2437MHz Packet OVERDRIVE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Hide SSID Long Preamble Hide SSID prevent SSID from being scanned Long Preamble necessary for some older 802 11b devices only lowers performance Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 1 1b Only Mixed 11 g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b l1g lini 11b Only 11g Only 11n Only 11h11 11 Mixed 1b 11 q Un SSID Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it Channel Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 80 Dr ay Te k Packet OVERDRIV
84. window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host 2 nene 7 52 168 1 10 152 168 1 13 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP i 192 168 1 55 192 168 1 10 Choose PC Dr ay Tek 45 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment Local IP Address Status 1 x J vd 3 i 4 as M b KH T M a M 9 x 10 sd lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host off
85. wireless network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection Detection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem If you install a 3G USB modem on the router please Enable the Dial Backup Mode to perform file backup via USB device After choosing Enable please click the 3G USB Modem link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Client Mode OEnable Disable SIM PIN code Po Modem Initial String AT amp FEOVIA1 amp D2 amp 8C150 0 Default AT amp FEOV1X1 amp D2 amp C1S0 0 Modem Dial String Default ATDT 99 PPP Username Po Optional PPP Password Po Optional PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WANO2 SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provi
86. 0 0 0 0 0 5 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID hh mm sz 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button is clicked Refresh Seconds It shows current connection status for the port of Phonel and Phone2 It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function is idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session 77 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Rx Pkts Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Rx Losts Total number of lost packets during this connection session Rx Jitter The jitter of received voice packets In Calls Accumulation for the times
87. 00 00 00 Phone No 0 0 Frequency Domain Europe Wireless LAN DECT1 No 0 0 Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 System Maintenance DECT2 No 0 0 SSID DrayTek Diagnostics DECT3 No 0 0 DECT4 No 0 0 Logout DECTS No 0 0 DECT6 No 0 0 4 1 Internet Access Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group and click the Internet Access link 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 Dray Tek 91 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further
88. 03 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 4 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address SS ig 7 i 8 A 4418 X X E Private Subnet Router IP Addres In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 104 Dr ay Te k In
89. 1 4 Connectors for local networked devices USB Connector for USB storage Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer Interface Description Connector for PSTN life line Phone Connector of analog phone for VoIP communication Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connector for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Tek 9 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the ADSL interface to the external ADSL splitter with an ADSL line cable for all models For Vigor2710Vn VDn also connect Line interface to external ADSL splitter Line DSL 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer 3 Connect the telephone sets with phone lines for using VoIP function For the model without phone ports skip this step 4 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 5 Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel 6 The system starts to initiate
90. 150 sec SIP Accounts Web Page for Vigor2710 VDn VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Status Cl Phone a bEcTi CIDeEcT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECT5 DECT6 Phone m bEcTi pEcT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS DECT6 DECTS DECT6 Phone NM bEcTi pEcT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS DECT6 R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server NAT Traversal Setting STUN Server External IP SIP PING Interval 150 sec Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 202 Dray Tek Index Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Profile Display the profile name of the account Domain Realm Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Proxy Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy Account Name Server Display the account name of SIP address before Ring Port Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call STUN Server Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server External IP Type in the gateway IP address SIP PING interval The default value 1s 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support Status Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Click the index link to open the following web page SIP Accounts Web Page for
91. 168 1 5 Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type User defined w Protocol TCP UDP w Source Port ow a 4138 Destination Port hoo E5535 Service Group or Service Object or Service Object or Service Object To set the service type manually please choose User defined as 127 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set Content Security Management SysLog Vigor2710 Series User s Guide the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined User defined Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use t
92. 18 277 X 3 X 19 277 X 4 777 X 20 777 X 5 777 X 21 777 X 6 277 X 22 277 X T 777 x 23 7 X 8 277 X 24 277 g 7777 s 25 EDU sg 10 777 X 26 277 X 11 277 X 27 777 X 12 777 X 28 277 X 13 277 x 29 277 X 14 TT x 30 277 X 15 777 X 31 277 X 16 277 X 32 777 X Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 178 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 31 User account and Authentication Enable this account Idle Timeout Allowed Dial In Type PPTP IPSec Tunnel second s TP IKE Authentication Method Lo C Digital Signature X 509 Username Password Pre Shared Key L2TP with IPSec Policy Cl Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number orPeerib
93. 2427 MHz Channel 5 2432MHz Channel b 2437 MHz Channel 7 2442hMHz Channel 8 2447 MHz Channel 8 2452 MHz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2452h1Hz Channel 12 2457 MHz Channel 13 2472 MHBHz This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync filed instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too 221 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option Vigor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mi
94. 3 can be operated in either Logical Link Control Subnetwork Access Protocol or VC Mux mode As a CPE device Vigor router encapsulates the PPP session based for transport across the ADSL loop and your ISP s Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer SDLAM To choose PPPoE or PPPOA as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE PPPoA from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 30 Dr ay Tek Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoA PPPoE PPPoA Client Mode PPPoE PPPoA Client Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings Multi PVC channel Channel 1 Encapsulating Type Protocol Modulation Multimode PPPoE Pass through For Wired LAN For Wireless LAN ISP Access Setup ISP Mame Username Password PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Always On Idle Timeout second s WAN IP Alias IP Address From ISP Fixed IP Yes 9 No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address 9 Default MAC Address Note If this box is checked while using the PPPoA Specify a MAC Address protocol the router will behave like a modem which only serves the PPPoE client on the LAN WAN Connection Detection MAC Address 50 7F foo 100 i01 Mode Ping IP TTL WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem ARP Detect 1 Dial Backup Mode Go to 5G USB Modem Setup Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings PPPoE Pass through Dray Tek Click Enable
95. 64748494 AA4BACAD h4 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use Encryption Mode For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Wireless LAN gt gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter sSSID 1 ssID 2 ssID 3 C SSID 4 MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Client s MAC Address T Attribute C s Isolate the station fram LAN Enable Max Access Filter MAC Address Filter Client s MAC Address Attribute Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively AII the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 Display all MAC addresses that ar
96. 655abpcd Access Point Function Enable Disable Status Send Hello message to peers Link Status Mote The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Mode Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second Dray Tek 229 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Security WEP Pre shared Key Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status 4 12 7 Advanced Setting one Disable Disable There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four
97. 710 Series User s Guide All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Log Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Block V Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywo
98. 710 Series User s Guide Dray Tek in 2 Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week 4 Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 4 8 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Destination Port 1812 Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the s
99. 9 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p 386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 J 2 5 Hs i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters xhody zcenter cbr zp The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt bhody gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 148 Dr ay Tek CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Priority Both Pass Log 1 URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control Prevent web access fram IP address Action iroup Object Selections OO Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature Action Cookie F Proxy File Extension Profile Profile Name Type the name for such profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Acce
100. A 26 hit Maximum MPPETT28 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Start IP Address Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address 4 9 3 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase I negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and
101. ARP Detect TIL WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem Dial Backup Mode Go to 3G USB Modem Setup Enable Disable DSL Modem Settings PPPoE Pass through Dray Tek Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP Protocol Drop down the list to choose the one provided by ISP If you have already used Quick Start Wizard to set the protocol then it is not necessary for you to change any settings in this group Modulation Drop down the list to choose a proper modulation for the router The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA 93 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction For Wired LAN If yo
102. Annex A LAN 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 255 Yes 194 Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 PPPoE 168 1 1 255 255 109 6 66 In Out MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 0 0 Frequency Domain Europe o a Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 p o SSID DrayTek 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Display the model name of the router Display the firmware version of the router Display the date and time of the current firmware build Display the ADSL firmware version Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface Display the IP address of the LAN interface Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface 235 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide DHCP Server DNS WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 4 13 2 TR 069 Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Display current connection status Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Display the connection type Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in
103. Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid 100 Dr ay Tek DSL Modem Settings ISP Access Setup IP Address from ISP Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address DNS Server IP Address Dray Tek Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel Protocol Select a proper protocol for this channel There are three options PPPoE PPPoA and MPoA for you to select The following settings will be changed according to the protocol selected here Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Always On option is note selected Fixed IP Click Yes to use
104. DECT3 IDLE 00 00 00 o o 0 0 0 0 0 5 DECT4 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 DECTS ACTIVE 729A B 1 192 168 1 2 00 00 14 414 414 0 o 0 2 o 5 DECT6 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 5 When registering with DECT phone you will be asked to type access code The default setting in Vigor2710VDn is 1234 Please open VoIP gt gt Phone Settings to modify it if required Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 214 Dray Tek User 3 DECI2 G 729A B enned 5 5 InBand 4 DECT3 G 729A B Tess i 5 5 InBand 5 DECTA G 729A B egt 4 5 5 InBand 6 DECTS G 729A B deed 4 5 5 InBand 7 DECT6 G 729A B Secun F 5 5 InBand Disable Port Phone Note If Phone port is disabled Phone could not be used anymore However its dsp resource could be used by DECT and DECT could dial 4 voip call at the same time Otherwise DECT could only dial 3 voip call at the same time 234 Setup DECT phone access code DECT phone access code here Default value is 1234 Note Default DECT phone access code is 1234 The following diagram shows the brief construction of DECT phone handset and Vigor router Land line jack POTS ADSL Splitter or i Microfilter Analog Phone Analog Phone DECT Phone Dray Tek DECT Phone 215 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 11 5 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port For Vigor2710 Vn
105. DNS Server IP Address RIP Protocol Control C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address f Secondary IP Address l 1 To use another DHCP server in the network rather than the built in one of Vigor Router you have to change the settings as show below Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 268 Dray Tek Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subnet Router IP Address DHCP Server You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Copfiiquration For NAT Usage Enable an 1st IP Address Relay Agent list Subnet 2nd Subnet Ist Subnet Mask Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable 9 Disable IP Pool Counts end IP Address 132 158 2 1 Gateway IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address 192 168311 for Relay Agent 2nd Subnet DHCP Server DNS Server IP Address Force ONS manual setting Primary IP Address fs Secondary IP Address FY RIP Protocal Control Disable v 5 5 Calling Scenario for VolP function 5 5 1 Calling via SIP Sever Example 1 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from different service providers John s SIP URL 1234 Gdraytel org David s SIP URL 4321 iptel org Dray Tek 260 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Settings for John VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan index 1 Ph
106. Deregister Handset 1 FOO_REGISTERED IDLE 255 Deregister 2 FO0D0 REGISTERED IDLE 255 Deregister 3 HS_NOT_REGISTERED 255 4 H5 NOT REGISTERED 255 5 HS NOT REGISTERED 255 6 HS_NOT_REGISTERED 255 Enable Registration Mode Deregister All Handset Handset Status PCM Channel Deregister Handset Enable Registration Mode Deregister All Handset Example After DECT phone registered with router it would be assigned one unique handset ID It is used to indicate the DECT handset status For example if you have registered with router DECT module you would get F00 REGISTERED IDLE If you get one incoming call for this DECT handset you would see F07 CALL RECEIVED This field can distinguish which PCM channel is used by the handset 255 default setting means it is idle and voice data is not transferred through any PCM channel If your handset has registered to the router you could use this button to deregister it from router If you want to use handset to register with the router you need to enable DECT module registration mode via this button Otherwise you can t search our DECT base station from the air Deregister all registered handset Vigor 2710 VDn provides a DECT GAP CAT iq base module which can facilitate 4 simultaneous wireless audio connections and 6 phone registeration Dray Tek 73 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide l Open VoIP gt gt DECT Note DECT menu will appear if DECT module is det
107. E Hide SSID Long Preamble Dray Tek Channel Channel B5 2437MHz Auto Channel 1 2412hHz Channel 2 2417 MHz Channel 3 2422MHz Channel 4 2427 MHz Channel 5 2432MHz Channel b 24437 MHz Channel 7 2442hHz Channel 8 2447 MHz Channel 8 2452 MHz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2452h1Hz Channel 12 2457 MHz Channel 13 2472MHBHz This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 4096 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TXBURST on the tab of Option Vigor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility Configuration Status Option About General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold 2346 Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 C Set mini status always on top Frequency 802 11b gin 24GH v C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel rn wi v Group Roaming ilu Power Save Mode Disable Tx Burst Disable Y
108. ECT1 No 0 0 Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 DECT2 No 0 0 SSID DrayTek DECT3 No oro DECT 4 No 0 0 0 0 0 0 Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build ADSL Firmware Version Display the ADSL firmware version LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface 1 IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface 1 Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 86 Dr ay Te k DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS WAN Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various Firmware Version It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi SSID Disp
109. ECT3 DECT4 DECT5 DECT6 Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup d Mote If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Interface Phone EO peEct1 D DECT DECT3 DECT4 DECTS DECT6 Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup NER Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing e g 192 168 1 1 should be blocked Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router is placed Dr ay Tek 199 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regional Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Call Forward All Act Call Forward Busy Act Do Not Disturb Act Hide caller ID Act Call Waiting Act Block Anonymous Act Black Unknow Domain Act Black IP Calls Act Black Last Calls Act Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In Last Call Return Out Call Forward All Act Call Forward Deact Call Forward Busy Act Setto Factory Default 12 Last Call Return Out 14 2 numbar z Call Forward Deact 773 l 0 number Call F
110. ER E wisest scencoiceesa ene cuaes 175 AO Remot TANS MISC e T 178 7 Bod Ng 9g 6 emcee en ce ee en ee ee ee ee 180 4 9 7 GONNECHON Manage Men cenere E E 188 4 10 Certificate Management ccccccccccceccesesseeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeessseeeeeeessseeaaseeeeessaaaaseeeeeeeesaaas 189 4 10 1 Local Certificate cc cccccccccceesseeceeeeeesseseeceeeesseeeeeseeeeeeessseeaseeceeeesssaeaseeeseeseaaaaeeeess 189 4 10 2 Trusted CA Certificate seeeeeeesssssssessseeseesesenenn nnne nnne nane nnns 191 4 10 3 Certificate Backup sssssssssssesssssessseenn enne enne nnne enar nnn nnns nsns aa nnn nns 192 eM 0 c c 192 MEMBR TU 194 NE Nell PC COINS NER 201 MS arae It 18 RETE 206 NE SpIe T c ee 212 Ko EIU aes gerne E REEL 9 216 LIII CAS M 217 LM BASIC rele OMEN 217 a A OTS A 110 e RN RENT m 219 4 12 OP BOBITIIV EA A tue disen A mU NA celsi E tesi tede dO ON E eI 222 4 124 ACCESS COn MERCREDI Tm 224 zu hizo RT ee eee mene ee ve eee 225 a D2 o s a ec a eee ee een eee eee 227 4 12 7 Advanced Setn enciendes esses bailes turi i anandiecnsagaee sodes EEEE tuse etu Sep DEUS 230 4 12 9 VIDA COODIIDUE TDI deoiocacinttum toa one na Conn ione E stam dd trou in MUN ME 231 AIZ gii MB ee
111. HTTPS Port Default Telnet Server SSH Server Peer Default Disable PING fram the Internet SERER Default Access List SNMP Setup List Subnet Mask Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Set Community Manager Hast IP o Trap Community Notification Host IP fF Trap Timeout seconds 4 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any Dray Tek 117 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide The inherent security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAR 1 MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host lao po oo dno J oo foo Note When a True IP DMZ host
112. Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abc or x303132333435356373839414243 Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Mode Disable Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 Dr ay Tek 223 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 12 4 Access Control 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x41424344454
113. IP Address Gateway IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address RIP Protocol Control C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address li Secondary IP Address 1st IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Ist Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 For IP Routing Usage Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable 2 IP Address Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 2 Subnet Mask An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 2 DHCP Server You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 10 6 Dray Tek RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Dray Tek E http 192 168 1 1 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer 2nd DHCP Server O max 10 hatched MAC Address Start IP Address IP Pool Counts Index given IP Address MAC Address HEHEHEH Ca Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number o
114. IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Check this box to activate the port mapping entry you have defined Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 116 Dray Tek You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup O Allaw management fram the Internet 9 User Define Ports Default Ports FTP Server Telnet Port Default HTTP server HTTP Port Default HTTPS Server
115. L Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a Job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall 1n the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 99 3
116. Last Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call PSTN Setup Some emergency phone e g 911 or special phone cannot be dialed out by using VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt gt PSTN Setup Default phone number for PSTN relay Enable phone number for PSTN relay E DO Po Po Po Po EJ L1 LH Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need Note A Line port on the router allows connection to a PSTN line so the user can select either the PSTN or VoIP for the calls and can access the PSTN line during power black outs when VoIP is cut off only available on port 2 Dr ay Tek 61 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 3 5 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountN
117. Modify Local JCSTW ST HC L HC O Draytek O Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBaqjccARMCAQA wajJELMAKGAIUEBhMCVFCGxCZzAIBOQgNMVBAgTAkhDHoswCoYDWVOooH EwIIOQzEQMA4GAIUEChMHRHJheXRlazELMAKkGAIUECXMCUKQxIJjALcdgBakghkic Sw B COEWES3N1cHBwvcnRAZHJIheXBRlay5jbz wgzauDQYIEoZIIwvcHAQEBBOQADGQYOUAMIGI AoGBALHMJdTSsqf zFS7FEpYy c IcqgeJVJIcusBtqgGo6EtuwayTUS5HQXpAizcraJBorikTUBE alX fugnEccQOAZzLPSOIQB8S5COwvchwqn7Bm EDfl1n0wHwCal ZQocvIioDMC7f5w9xAG8 me6 0rdxzdoonjxEXgcic lBjli aeMLa2celsynzhkgngolgWB5uFAcgMBAi Ruco AnpAMBokcd hkicSw BAOUFAAOBqQGCqa3sdwvezitg8SagnaduUus5zzBJIsVzu JHafSSeUnaYDhzefComcrz avojHpstNHasmWsMRu AiwGeECUWcB82 gLtHhr6iccMoToQFx LWdaEPU5LcurvBEKdgcaSt eorpDal rCB8zwCra tsexUmPaMoiytqgBxsctTESvULilxmwvabvclhWFSXEVLUT7Tg 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Local Issuer ICzUsm N vigar Subject email amp ddress pressibdraytek cam C TwWwiO zDraytek ins d M ONS draytek com valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT valid Ta Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Dr ay Tek 279 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 5 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CA Server A CA Server B User imports the certificate e as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI Gp User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would l
118. N router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Dr ay Tek 263 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Dial To YPN Session Name i affice VPM Server IPIHOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 09 or draytek com 192 168 1 1 User Mame draytek user Password pterea Type of VPM D PPTP COL2TP CO IPSec Tunnel COLZTP over IPSec PPTP Encryption No encryption e Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network eu 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 5 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom l Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon class Cines IDE Others DOE Sear een 1 2 3 Control Enable Ebps Kbps Outbound 25 259 2556 25 Inactive Setup Glass Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2
119. N tunnel Enable PING to Keep Alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select P
120. Netbios Naming Packet Enable this account PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP Specify Remote Node Netbios Naming Packet Dray Tek 9 Pass Block IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES JDES AES LJ Local ID optional Cancel Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication
121. OWTIME 256000 204800 23 31 Dr ay Tek 25 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Online status for Static IP Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 1 16 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 5 585 500 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes ADSL Static IP 0 00 28 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 168 33 12 192 168 33 1 2 4 1 a ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 211801 A ATM Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 6 9 0 18 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNR Margin Loop Att ADSL2 c T e G 992 5 SHOWTIME 1026000 22215000 6 0 Online status for DHCP Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 6 32 LAN Status Primary DNS 192 168 33 1 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 5 3710 2863 WAN 1 Status gt gt Release Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes ADSL DHCP Client 0 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 192 168 33 12 192 168 33 1 1 9 1 35 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 211801 A ATM Statistics TX Blocks RX Blocks Corrected Blocks Uncorrected Blocks 18 21 0 8 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNR Margin Loop Att perman SHOWTIME 1036000 22448000 6 0 Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the
122. PAP or CHAP v Always On E latina T LLC SNMAP Esters Nae Idle Tirmeout second s Protocal PPPoE bd IP Address From ISP WAN IP Alias Modulation Fixed IP O Yes 9 No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address PPPoE Pass through For Wired LAN C For Wireless LAN 9 Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address pn 50 pF 2 Fs ot Index 1 155 in Schedule Setup Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Dray Tek For MPoA Users Check if all parameters of DSL Modem Settings are entered with correct value that provided by your ISP Especially check if the encapsulation is selected properly or not it should be the same with the setting on Quick Start Wizard l Check if the Enable option is selected 2 3 Check if IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway are set correctly must identify with the values from your ISP if you choose Specify an IP address Internet Access gt gt MPoA RFC1483 2684 MPoA RFC1483 2684 Mode MPoA RFC1483 2684 Enable 9 Disable DSL Modem Settings Multi PVC channel Channel 1 Encapsulation 1 TL VPI Modulation WAN Connection Detection TTL RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Bridge Mode C Enable Bridge Mode WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem Dial Backup Mode Chap Go to 3G USB Modem Setup WAN IP Network Settings Q Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name Domain Name L Required for some ISPs 9 Specify an
123. PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional WAN IP Network This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and Settings allows you type in IP address manually Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Dr ay Tek 35 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide DNS Server IP Address Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this s
124. PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBqjCCARMCAQAwOTELMAKGA1UEBhMCVFCXED AO Baseb4 Encoded BgkqhkiG9Sw BCOEWEXByZXNzQGRyYX10ZWasuYZ9t Certificate Request A4GNADCBiQKBgODQYB7wmzFfFhN9 I amp QnGO03Xk F PKCS 10 or 7 hxabpsScUFS9dloACGGiM tcBOckdcZdPFFvIXCcP3 Ket ea re VO Aat ET L3jS0 Bn9v5n0951G w lt x Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator w Administrator Additional Attribut Authenticated Session Basic EFS i _ EFS Recovery Agent Attributes User Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Web Server Submit gt Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 278 Dr ay Te k and you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status
125. PTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field 1s applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field 1s applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy 183 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Medium Advanced Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any auth
126. RED IDLE 255 2 FO0D REGISTERED IDLE 255 Deregister 3 HS_NOT_REGISTERED 255 4 H5 NOT REGISTERED 255 5 HS NOT REGISTERED 255 6 HS_NOT_REGISTERED 255 Enable Registration Mode Deregister All Handset Handset After DECT phone registered with router it would be assigned one unique handset ID Status It is used to indicate the DECT handset status For example if you have registered with router DECT module you would get F00 REGISTERED IDLE If you get one incoming call for this DECT handset you would see F07 CALL RECEIVED PCM Channel This field can distinguish which PCM channel is used by the handset 255 default setting means it is idle and voice data is not transferred through any PCM channel Deregister Handset If your handset has registered to the router you could use this button to deregister it from router Enable Registration Mode If you want to use handset to register with the router you need to enable DECT module registration mode via this button Otherwise you can t search our DECT base station from the air Deregister All Handset Deregister all registered handset Example Vigor 2710 VDn provides a DECT GAP CAT iq base module which can facilitate 4 simultaneous wireless audio connections and 6 phone registeration 9 Open VoIP gt gt DECT Note DECT menu will appear if DECT module is detected 10 In the web page please click Enable Registration Mode and wait for DECT handset to register Dr
127. S and 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Dray Te k V Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Vigor2710 Series User s Guide vi Dr ay Te k Table of Contents 1 dil T 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation sseeeeeeeesssesseeeeee nnne 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors eeeeeeissssssseseseseseseeeeennn ennemi nnns 2 B FOr VIGOV2 IO we 2 122 FOr VIGOVET VOW m 4 1 23 emo raa m 6 ae Ol VIGO mAb E 8 1 3 Har ware Installati n esc ede sotu ita vac doque use ceso auod eode vce nnna ieaie aa RENATA aaa iana 10 14 Printer MsialalioN m TT 11 Configuring Basic Settings siccccscscinsscnssiecesnsstecnecccinsansatecosnssdassceccdeceonssdecesezeds 17 2 1 Two Level Managemen t cccccccssscccceesececcesseecceseeeseaecesseseecseuseeessaseeessaseessagseesssaseeeseas 17 2 2 Accessing Web Page ccccccccsssseecccceeseeeeceeueececeeseuseeeesseauseeeeseeaaeeeesssauaeceessageeeeessaageeesssaeas 17 2 9 Changing PassWord uus cioc ot ehio iue cu easet PUO EX sutda eec ve nstutd Riu Gre scs ERU EU uS ciere Uber aia 18 24 QUE Slart Wizard NN 20 2 4 1 Adj s ng Protecol EncapsulallQIi semen
128. Vigor2710 Vn VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name fs 11 char max Register via C Call without Registration SIP Port Domain Realm 68 char max Proxy LLL 88 char max C Act as outbound proxy Display Name o 23 char max Account Number Name Ses 63 char max Authentication ID Po 63 char max Password 0 83 char max NAT Traversal Support d Ring Port Phone 1 Phone 2 Ring Pattern SIP Accounts Web Page for Vigor2710 VDn lone Dr ay Tek 203 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy ee 11 char max C Call without Registration 68 char max LLL 1 88 char max Act as outbound proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time MAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Account Number Name Vigor2710 Series User s Guide O 23 char max 0 j 83charmax 683 char max 0000 83 char max Phone IDECT DECT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS5 DECT6 w Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel 1 in this field If you want to make VoIP call withou
129. a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain 8 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Dray Tek 165 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 4 8 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your
130. aining AN The port Is ule The port is disconnected 1 2 3 4 Blinking The data is transmitting DECT Pairing Paging USB On A USB device 1s connected and active Blinking The data is transmitting DECT On DECT phone is in use DECT phone is idle or off Blinking A DECT phone call comes Phone The phone connected to this port 1s off hook Off The phone connected to this port is on hook Blinking A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is disconnected the LED will be off about six seconds later There is no PSTN phone call The WPS is on The WPS is off Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection or DECT handset about two minutes DECT Pairing and WPS Press and hold the button for more than 2 seconds then you could try to register e oo Line Off WPS On Off Blinking DECT On Pairing Pag ing WPS Button DECT phone with 2710 within 2 minutes DECT Paging Press once All handsets will have beep sound press the button again or press any key on any handset will stop the beep sound Off The WPS 1s off Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about 2 minutes Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Dray Tek Interface Description Press the button once to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Connector for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 2 LAN
131. ame Domain Realm as identity SIP Accounts Web Page for Vigor2710 Vn VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Status I Phonei Phone2 E 2 lt Phonei Phone2 3 m Phonei Phone2 4 Dus Phonei Phone2 5 255 Phonei Phone2 6 Phonei Phone2 R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server NAT Traversal Setting STUNM Server External IP SIP PIMG Interval 150 sec SIP Accounts Web Page for Vigor2710 VDn VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Status Phone bEcri IDECT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS DECT6 C Phone IDECT DECT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS DECT6 DECTS DECT6 C Phone z bEcrT1 DECT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS DECT6 NAT Traversal Setting R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server STUN Server External IP uM SIP PING Interval 150 sec Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 62 Dr ay Te k Index Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Profile Display the profile name of the account Domain Realm Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Proxy Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Account Name Display the account name of SIP address before Ring Port Specify which port will ring when rec
132. ame Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Accept Subject Name Dray Tek Type in a name in this file Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E 177 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 9 5 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status 1 777 X 17 7 X 2 TT x
133. ame shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 168 Dr ay Tek 4 8 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP UPnP Enable UPnP Service C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will a
134. an Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to 130 Dr ay Tek detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace
135. anagement to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS 1s that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify
136. and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol Dial In PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP or CHAP w Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP O Yes 9 No Start IP Address IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set 132 158 2 200 For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 256 Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAND IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data wil be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP pes Mapes MAES Data wil be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direc
137. and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW ST HC L HC O Draytek O Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBqjCCARMCA QA wajELMAKGA1UEBhMCVFCxCZzAJBQNVBAgTAkhDMOswCOYDVOOH EvJIQzEOMA4GA1UEChMHRHJheXRlazELMAKGA1UECXxMCUKQXIjAcgBoakdghkiG9wO0B COEWESN1cHBvcnRAZHJheXRlay5jbZ 0wgzS8wbQOYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBOADGQYOAMIGJ oGBALMJdTsqfFS 7FEpYy c IdqeJVJGuSRtqG6Etw8ayTUSHQvXpizcraqJBGrikTUBX alX fgnEccQAZ2LPSQIQ85Qychwqo7BmOEDfiO0wHwCalAZQoGvIiODMC7f5w9xA8 ri6 0f4xz4QOonjXXgciCOBjii ia6MLScelsynzhkgnoOlQN5uFAgMBAAGGOADANBGkq hkiG9wOBAQUFAAOBqQCOq3sdwVc2ZitS9Sqnaue6xzBJsVzu JHafSSeUnaYDZefCmGfX OyvojHpstNsmUsMRuAwvGeKCUc8Ss gLtHhr6iccMoToQFx LWdaEPUSLcaryBKKgC9t eorpDal rC9ZwCraD0t8XUmPaqNoiytdq8BxStTESvULilxmwaBvclhWFSXKVLU7g 7 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and
138. and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Dr ay Tek 157 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduli
139. anty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www draytek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www draytek com iv Dray Tek European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product Vigor2710 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2710 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission I
140. assword for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password Confirm password Ps Click to download certificates ta your local PC as a file Restoration Select a backup file to restore es Sc Decrypt password 000 Click ta upload the file 4 11 VolP Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this 1s an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP 1s an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes t
141. ay Tek 213 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DECT Handset 1 is registered and idle You could try to deregister by button Handset Status FwVersion 0x10 l LinkDate 08 08 07 16 04 DectType EU Dect Handset Status PCM Channel Deregister Handset FOO REGISTERED IDLE 2 HS NOI REGISTERED 2553 Deregistet 3 HS NOT REGISTERED 233 Deregiste 4 HS NOI REGISTERED 259 2 HS_NOT_REGISTERED 253 6 H9 NOT REGISTERED 255 Deregister t Waiting for DECT handset to register Enable DECT registration mode by this button or press DECT button for more than 2 seconds This state could last for 2 minutes 11 When the registration is finished open VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts The Registered DECT phone will be available for you to choose Choose the one you need VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts Registered DECT handset could be chosen in SIP Accounts List DECT Ring Fort Account IndexProfile Domain Realm Proxy cakes Ring Port Status Phone DECT3 DECT5 Phone OIDECT1 DECT2 8 DECT3 DECT4 DECT5 DECT6 Phone CIDECT1 DECT2 DECTS IDECT 12 Open VoIP gt gt Status Information for the active DECT phone will be shown as follows VoIP Status Status Refresh Seconds 10 Rx y Elapse Tx Rx Rx In Out Miss Speaker FE mE See hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts pers Calls Calls Calls Gain Phone IDLE 00 00 00 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 DECT1 IDLE 00 00 00 o 0 0 0 0 0 o 5 DECT2 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 5
142. blic IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course 1s destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresse
143. ccess such as PPPoE PPPoA Bridged IP and Routed IP Protacal Encapsulation 1483 Bridged IP LLC PPPoE WC MUX PPPoA LLC SNAP PPPoA WC MILES Fixed IP IP Address 1483 Bridged IP LLC 1483 Routed IP LLC 1483 Bridged IP V C Mux 1483 Routed IP YC Mux IPoA Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary ONS Click Yes to specify a fixed IP for the router Otherwise click No Dynamic IP to allow the router choosing a dynamic IP If you choose No the following IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway will not be changed Assign an IP address for the protocol that you select Assign a subnet mask value for the protocol of Routed IP and Bridged IP 21 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Default Gateway Assign an IP address to the gateway for the protocol of Routed IP and Bridged IP Primary DNS Assign an IP address to the primary DNS Second DNS Assign an IP address to the secondary DNS 2 4 2 PPPoE PPPoA PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem AII the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password an
144. ccounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls coming from the one that is not welcomed VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Setto Factory Default Index Call Direction Barring Type Barring Number URL URI Interface Status k ke P 9 e eee d 2 BR M MM N 0X PR M R P P k E c vi v m x M v Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page Dr ay Tek 27 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Direction Barring Type Specific URI URL Interface Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number specific LIBI URL Specific URVURL specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number barring Type Interface All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page F
145. ce 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Class High Drap AF Class2 Low Drap AF Class2 Medium Drop AF Class2 High Drop AF Classa Low Drap AF Class3 Medium Drop AF Classa High Drop AF Class Low Drop AF Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class hlanual hal Click the number link for Phone DECT port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings Phone Port Web Page for Vigor2710 Vn VoIP gt Phone Settings Phone Call Feature Codecs C Hotline Session Timer sec Call Forwarding Packet Size Voice Active Detector SIP URL y Time Out 30 E ime Ou 30 Sen Default SIP Account DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup L IL AL ELI Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index i 60 in Phone Book as Exception List LIE AL EL IL J CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 208 Prefer Codec G 729A B 8Kbps LJ Single Codec z Play dial tone only when account registered Dray Tek VoIP gt Phone Settings DECT1 Call Feature C Hotline C Session Timer 1 Codecs Prefer Codec G 729A B 8K bps sec Single Codec Gal cose Packet Size SIP URL Voice Active Detector Time Out 30 se ime Ou 30 sec Default SIP Account Cl DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1
146. check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default L Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Auto Update interval Min s Accounts Index Domain Name Active 1 X 2 x J x Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display if this account is active or inactive View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 48 Dr ay Te k Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic ONS Account Service Provider dyndns org www dyndns org w Service Type Dynamic Domain Name chranicb853 dyndnsino Login Name chranicb853 max 64 chara
147. choosing Enable please click the 3G USB Modem link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings WAN gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Client Mode QEnable 9 Disable SIM PIN code PO Modem Initial String AT amp FEOVIA1 amp D2 amp 8C0150 0 Default AT amp FEOV1X1 amp D2 amp C150 0 Modem Dial String Default ATDT 99 PPP Username Po Optional PPP Password Po Optional PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WANO2 SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional 97 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide PPP Password Type the PPP password optional WAN IP Network This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and Settings allows you type in IP address manually Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP a
148. ck Login for full configuration Q Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble Shooting for detecting and solving your problem 4 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Auto Logout m Auto Logout Dr ay Tek 17 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 2 3 Changing Password No matter user mode operation or admin mode operation please change the password for the original security of the router 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Otherwise do not type any word both username and password are Null for user operation on the window and click Login on the window 3 Now the Main Screen will appear xn M eLo a 710 Series Dray Tek www draytek com Auto Logout System Status Quick Start Wizard Online Status Model Name Vigor2710 series Firmware Version 3 3 0 RC7 Build Date Time Jul 1 2009 16 34 46 yop jae ADSL Firmware Version 211011_A Annex A emm LAN WAN 1 Firewall Objects Setting CSM Bandwidth Management Applications VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management VoIP Wireless LAN System Maintenance Diag
149. configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server 1s located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must
150. ct the device type if you are sure the address is correct 8 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Port S100 Device 192 168 1 1 Pot Name P 19216811 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish j Cancel Dray Tek 13 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use X Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer M Ls AST AL a NS s v Hg This driver is digitally signed Windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 0 Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port P
151. cters Password max 23 characters O wildcards Backup MX Enable Dynamic Check this box to enable the current account If you did DNS Account check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WAN Interface Select the WAN interface order to apply settings here Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Service Type Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 3 4 2 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol 1s supporte
152. d Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value 1s 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information 70 Dr ay Tek Default SIP Account Packet Size Urns Ums Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1 TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOnl and TOn2 represent sound on TOff1 and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt gt Phone Settings
153. d authentication mode If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard Set PPPoE PPPoA User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 22 Dr ay Te k Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings V PI WOT Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP Primary ONS Secondary ONS 0 33 PPPoE LLE Ma Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 4 3 1483 Bridged IP Click 1483 Bridged IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard 2 Connect to Internet WPI Wl Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Second DNS Dray Tek 1483 Bridged IP LLC v Ov es 9 NMo Dynamic IP PL I 23 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings PI 0 VCI 53 Protocol Encapsulation 1483 Bridge LLC Fixed IP Moa Primary DNS Secondary DNS Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 4 4 1483 Routed IP Click 1483 Routed IP as the protocol Type in all the inf
154. d for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Tvpe of Server I am calling EOIOIEEM L2TP with IPSec Policy Server IP Host Mame for YPM such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Username Password PPP Authentication v Compression IKE 4uthentication Method 9 Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method 9 Medium AH High ESP Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 254 Dray Tek Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Server IP Hast Mame for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Username Password PPP Authentication v Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signaturec 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Indexr1 15 in Schedule Setup 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings All
155. d get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 286 Dr ay Te k e cm Terminal bash Last login Sat Jan 3 H2 24 18 on ttvpi Welcome to Darwin VigariB8 dravtekt ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 158 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes 64 bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 from 192 168 1 1 from 192 168 1 1 icmp segs trl 255 time H 7Eb me icmp seq i trl 255 time B 627 mz icmp segsz tthl 255 time B 715 ms from 182 168 1 1 from 192 168 1 1 icmp seg ttl 255 timesB 731 mz icmp seg 4 ttl 255 timezH 72 mz 192 166 1 1 ping statistics E packets transmitted 5 packets received BE packet loss round trip min avg max B 697 8 723 B 755 ing VigoriB8 draytek B 6 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Click Internet Access group and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Internet Access For PPPoE PPPoA Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if Username and Password are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoA PPPoE PPPoA Client Mode 9Enable Disable ISP Access Setup PPPOE PPPoA Client sisi VENENA RERE Username o4005 55a hinet net Multi P C channel Channel 1 PPP Authentication
156. d to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Dr ay Tek 49 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt UPnP UPnP Enable UPnP Service C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications
157. ddress automatically Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog A WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WARK IP Join MAT IP Pool TOI II CFI CT v LOL UL IL LOL IL IE LOL UL IL LOL LIE OR Sew Gee IP Address Type in the private IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type in gateway IP address Default MAC Address Type in MAC address for the router You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address for your necessity MAC Address Type in the MAC address for the router manually DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router If necessary type in Address secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 98 Dr ay Te k 4 1 3 Multi PVCs This router allows you to create multi PVCs for
158. ded by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 32 Dr ay Te k ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN General Setup page IP Address From ISP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this fu
159. different data transferring for using Simply go to Internet Access and select Multi PVC Setup page General The system allows you to set up to eight channels which are ready for choosing as the first PVC line that will be used as multi PVCs WAN gt gt Multi PVCs hlulti P Cs General Channel 1 e on fe B WAN WA WAN ATM Qos Port based Bridge Enable PI CI QoS Type Protocol Encapsulation 1483 Bridged IP LLC Y M O DE US DNE SUG HELL Note PI VCI must be unique for each channel Enable VPI VCI QoS Type Protocol Dray Tek Check this box to enable that channel The channels that you enabled here will be shown in the Multi PVC channel drop down list on the web page of Internet Access Though you can enable eight channels in this page yet only one channel can be chosen on the web page of Internet Access Type in the value provided by your ISP Type in the value provided by your ISP Select a proper QoS type for the channel Oos Type Select a proper protocol for this channel Protocol PPPoE 99 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Encapsulation Choose a proper type for this channel The types will be different according to the protocol setting that you choose Encapsulation 1403 Route IP LLC w Encapsulation 1453 Bridged IP LLC VC MUN w 1463 Route IP LLC 1483 Bridged IP VC Mux 1483 Routed IP seC MuxilPaA 1483 Bridged IP PaE ME MILES LLC SNAP
160. down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt Misc Object Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Check for Disallow Select All Streaming MMS RTSP TvAnts IPPStream PPlive FeiDian uusee NSPlayer PCAST TVKoo Cl SopCast Cl UDLivex TVuPlayer MySee Joost FlashVideo SilverLight Slingbox Dovon Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile Dr ay Tek 145 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 6 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality IM P2P Filter As the popularity o
161. e LANI The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below WDS Link WDS Link Host with Host with l Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 v Ww im mL ge w M mus n he a E ee nao mamm m The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 228 Dr ay Te k WDS Link WDS Link Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Setto Factory Default Security Disable Pre shared Key WEP Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings hun Note Disable unused links to performance Pre shared Key Type Repeater Key Enable Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgs la2 or Ox
162. e hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Tek 5 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 1 2 3 For Vigor2710Vn LAN1 LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 USB Phone1 Phone2 m f Line L 1 f wes Il ll ACT Blinking The router is powered on and running Activity normally WLAN Status Explanation The router is powered off Wireless access point is ready through through DSL link Blinking Slowly The modem is ready Quickly The connection is training The port is connected LAN 1 2 3 4 The port is disconnected Blinking The data is transmitting USB On A USB device 1s connected and active Blinking The data is transmitting Phonel On Phone Off On A PSTN phone call comes in and out However when the phone call is Line disconnected the LED will be off about six seconds later There is no PSTN phone call WPS The WPS is on The WPS is off Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about two minutes WPS Button On Press this button for 2 seconds to wait for client device making network connection through WPS When the LED lights
163. e UL Fa ONS ers corer ee ater sce ne og led ps etic m 109 A R1 112 s dtlslceBicgemuicc E ees 113 ANA 114 ASI Porn Redirect TREE 114 Ae DMZ o E 117 A EOGI POE ea T E E 119 AA FEW REIR TE m 121 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall lessen nnnm nnnm nnn nnn nnns 121 4 4 2 General SCtUP cc ceeeeccccccscseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeessseeesseeeeeeessseeaseeeeeeesssaeasseeeesssaaaageees 123 4 4 3 Filter Setup 2 0 0 cccccceeccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesseeeeeesssaaeeseseeeeeeseesseeeeeesssseaaseeeeeeesesaaaaseesses 125 Z4 DOS DSEG aar arem eundi mU Edicamrustivtum sudo eee ee EU SM UE 130 A 5 ODECE SENGS NECEM UU T 133 MAM ODEO RENE aye ssauesnanavsstninnessu OE ERR 133 Ai 2 We Ceo MN T um 135 4 5 3 Service Type Object cccccccsssssseceeeccceeesseeeeeecceeeeaaeeeeeceseeeaaaseeeeeesesseaaseeseeeesseseaageees 137 4 5 4 Service Type Grou cccccccsssssseccccccceeeessseeeeeecceeeasseeeeeecceeeaaaseeeeeeesseeeaaaeeeesssseaasseeeesess 138 uote VV OF ODEO E a 139 BOO IS VV OF GOUD 140 LSSNAE Nei eniS m uu 141 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide viii Dr ay Te k 4 5 8 IM Object ccccescecsecsesecscsecseseesecsecsesersucsecsesersussecsessesarsussecsesensatsucsesensersetseseesetsateeceesenen 143
164. e connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Tek 89 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 3 8 2 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified IPaddress 000000 Run Clear Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 3 8 3 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Protocol Host IP Address Run Result Clear Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to ping
165. e edited before Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client s Isolate the station from LAN select to 1solate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN 24 Dray Tek Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 4 12 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection via WPS ee a Station Set SSID and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 c PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor 2710 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on t
166. e occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www draytek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Jeluark Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties i Disable 4 Status LIN i Repair Bridge Connections Create Shortcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties eth Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using Bi ASUSTeK Broadcom 440 10 100 Ir Configure This connection uses the following items Mi el Client for Microsoft Networks w File and Printer Sharing For Microsoft Networks vl Jal aos Facket Scheduler Ea Intemet Protocol TCPZIP Install Lliairretall Properties Description Transmission Control Protacol Intermet Protocol The default Wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Motty me when this connection has limited er no connectivity Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 284 D
167. e set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 It is an abbreviation of Admission Control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it 1s checked Note Vigor2710Vn 2710VDn provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Scan to discover all the connected APs Vigor2710 Series User s Guide n Dray Tek Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSID Channel SSID See Stati
168. e time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section VoIP gt gt DialPlan gt gt Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 7 114 B4kbps 5 11hMU Bdisbps 5 7114 64K bps G 728A B BkKbps 3 723 E 4kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selecte
169. ected 2 Inthe web page please click Enable Registration Mode and wait for DECT handset to register VoIP gt gt DECT Handset 1 15 registered and idle You could try to deregister by button Handset Status FwVersion 0x10 Handset A LinkDate 08 08 07 16 04 DectType EU Dect Status PCM Channel Deregister Handset FO0 REGISTERED IDLE HS_NOT_REGISTERED HS_NOT_REGISTERED 255 Deregister HS NOT REGI STERED 255 Deregisier HS NOTI REGISTERED 255 Deregister ce ul t PM HS NOT REGISTERED Deregister Enable Registration Mode t Waiting for DECT handset to register m Enable DECT registration mode by this button or press Deregister All Handset DECT button for more than 2 seconds This state could last for 2 minutes 3 When the registration is finished open VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts The Registered DECT phone will be available for you to choose Choose the one you need VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts Registered DECT handset could be chosen in SIP Accounts List DECT Ring Port Account Name Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Ring Port Status O Phone a DECTS DECT5 Phone 2 Da JDECT1 JDECT2 s E DECT3 DECT4 4 DECT5 DECT6 Phone 3 Vs LJ DECT1 DECT2 DECT3 DECT4 4 Open VoIP gt gt Status Information for the active DECT phone will be shown as follows Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 74 Dr ay Te k VoIP Status Status Port Phone DECT1
170. ection The default setting is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Check this box to activate the port mapping entry you have defined Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction 3 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP Dray Tek 43 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a
171. eiving a phone call STUN Server Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server External IP Type in the gateway IP address SIP PING interval The default value 1s 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support Status Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Click the index link to open the following web page Dr ay Tek 63 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide SIP Accounts Web Page for Vigor2710 Vn VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy ss 11 char max L Call without Registration pd 88 char max LLL 88 char max C Act as outbound proxy Display Name Lo 23 char max C Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern 88 char max Lo J 88 char max Mone Phone 1 LlPhone 2 SIP Accounts Web Page for Vigor2710 VDn VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy fs 11 char max C Call without Registration CEES LLL 88 char max L Act as outbound proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Profile Name Register via Vigor2710
172. eliNGS sarisini ieuna quss deut Su buxm eiua c UP aia Eco e UEa E aa EEEa 66 OADE T ae E E E E E E EE EE 73 SERES Serer E E A E A E E EEEE A EE A E 76 KOWE SLAN 78 9 5 1 BaSIG OIC OS ooo isse atasc us tiarinisauc fen i E usahana NEA AUS LEN AnNa TAU ENE bee pude bv ERE 78 SLAE ee SO NNI ETE EET 80 S obe LY RERO RE 83 3 6 4 Access Control MM 84 gb eral BIS arse mvertesteciverraviqueioe qmd RM mde IAN IM NIU MEO E 85 SE cR MAGS TOO OTT 86 Sud System SIE e a rai Mom iD e tud a ute iu edem et elct dee UE UU UEEE 86 3 7 2 User Password aut ctasicaion can evant eit sue amv rU DITE d En ER EUN RUD RERUM csbUrer AR CIAM KUE URN INR nA 87 3 7 3 Time and Date E 87 31 A FREDOOU SY Sle I RE r a i i n a E a e E 88 3 8 WIAGMOSUCS esisi nieee n E nE EEE A NEE ENO 89 OW ON NEU E E E E E 89 Ce ee PHA I eaa E E E 90 aoo Co ROUE ee a E E PR Soutuanwebiaan 90 aro nilai ee lt 10 o izli o p pAn E E 91 A1 A WING ACC CSS RR tt tg ond nacre R M 91 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWOrk ccccccccseeeeesseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeenseeeeeas 91 2 AM PPROEIRPIPDA CRD ee basi tecta utin eM die M DE M MEUM ULM LM MEN I eee 92 MEO e 99 op 104 AZ AA SIGS Ol LAIN M 104 42 2 General SetiD ee ee ee ee ne ee ee ee ee eee 106 a By
173. entication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup 1s shown as below E http 192 168 1 5 IKE advanced settings Microsoft Internet Explorer IKE advanced settings IKE phase 1 mode Main mode Aggressive mode IKE phase 1 proposal DES MD5 G1 DES SHA1 G1 3DES MD5 G1 3DES MD5 G2 v IKE phase 2 proposal HMAC SHAT HMAC MD5 v IKE phase 1 key lifetime 28800 900 86400 IKE phase 2 key lifetime 3600 600 86400 Perfect Forward Secret 9 Disable Enable Local ID IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and ni
174. er s Guide Pre Shared Key Digital Signaturecx 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP Index 1 155 in Schedule Setup Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Check here to activate this profile Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address 182 Dray Tek PING to the IP PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Dray Tek Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VP
175. er DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP addre
176. er ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Enter Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field 1s applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field 1s applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be
177. er should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warr
178. ering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 46 Dr ay Te k NAT gt gt Open Ports gt gt Edit Open Ports Index Mo 1 Enable Open Ports Comment p bh Pp Local Computer 182 158 1 10 Choose FC Pratacal Start Part End Port Protocol Start Port End Port 1 m E em x NM MM NN Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface Local Computer Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port 3 4 Applications UEP la a a lx LLL LLL IMEEM Check to enable this entry 1 Make a name for the defined network application service Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host Below sho
179. ertification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority Itis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate Sf Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 IC USICN vigar Not Yet Valid view Trusted CA 2 lew Trusted CA 3 New IMPORT REFRESH You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer ICzU sm NM vigar Subject C C N vigar Subject Alternative Name valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT valid Ta Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Dray Tek Time and Date to reset current time of the router first
180. ervice Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 10 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address Any Remate Address 182 158 1 55 DiffServ CodePoint ANY w Service Type ANY Mote Please choose setup the Service Type first Dray Tek 267 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 5 4 LAN Created by Using NAT An example of default setting and the corresponding deployment are shown below The default Vigor router private IP address Subnet Mask is 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 The built in DHCP server is enabled so it assigns every local NATed host an IP address of 192 168 1 x starting from 192 168 1 10 Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHGP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration lst IP Address 132 168 1 5 Relay Agent list Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 182 158 1 10 Far IP Routing Usage Enable 9 Disable IP Pool Counts end IP Address 122 158 2 1 Gateway IP Address 192 158 1 5 end Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server IP Address FE Eten RE BUE ES EG
181. es User s Guide 164 Dr ay Te k Index Domain Name Active View Log Force Update Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Display if this account 1s active or inactive Display DDNS log status Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 7 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic ONS Account Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password O wildcards Backup MX Mail Extender Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password dyndns org www dyndns orgi v chronicsee3 lueeeee max 64 characters max 23 characters Pd Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 Select the WAN interface order to apply settings here Select the service provider for the DDNS account Select
182. et 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Dr ay Tek 109 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Internet Set Router C 192 168 1 1 Static Route s l Goto LAN page and click General Setup select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on Ist Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the Ist subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index Mn 1 Enable Destination IP Address 192 165 10 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 165 1 2 Network Interface LAN y 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which reg
183. etting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog 7 WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WARK IP Join MAT IP Pool 3 OCOC SEOC Sooo v LL UL IL LOL IL IL I LOL UL IL LOL LIE ORT an eee IP Address Type in the private IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type in gateway IP address Default MAC Address Type in MAC address for the router You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address for your necessity MAC Address Type in the MAC address for the router manually Type in the primary IP address for the router If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future 36 Dray Tek 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP LAN 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigo
184. euseesaeeeseaeeesaueeesausessaeeessueeessueeesaaees 248 ATAT Maie Graph esisi E a E i DE E a A ADES 249 4 14 8 Ping Diagnosis E 250 4 14 9 Trace Route tM C E 251 Application and Examples eese nnn 253 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 253 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 260 sse Bees IG miei EEE PEE E at EA N S TE E 264 5 4 LAN Created by Using NAT ccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeceeeeeeeseeeaaeaeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeesessaaaaas 268 5 5 Calling Scenario for VolP function sseeeeeesessssssseeeeeenneeennnnnn nnns 269 So a Oal lets ma make i em 269 55 2 Peco Peer Calling ie teorie thier tane ant uH eua ipu me cu dien iaaa e inia 272 5 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router ccccccseeeceeceeeeseeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesessaaeeeeeessanseeees 273 5 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server seeeeesses 276 5 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server 280 Trouble Shooting MARE 283 6 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NoOb cccccccccccceeccsseeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeesssuaeseeseeees 283 6 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 284 6
185. f IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default FIF Protocol Control Disable 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network 107 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide DNS Server Configuration Vigor2710 Series User s Guide If you want to use anoth
186. f all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a Job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only
187. facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The inherent security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMF Host Setup WAR 1 Mane ka Private IP Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host loo po no na oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned an it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE PPPoA or MPoA mode you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAP 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 1 192 168 1 55 o 1 Choose PC Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 44 Dr ay Te k Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The
188. fault SIP DTMF Pan Feature Mic Speaker Account Relay Rel User 1 Phone CW CT G 729A B Defined 5 5 InBand User 2 DECT1 G 729A B Bened 5 5 InBand e User ONT 3 DECT2 G 729A B Defined 5 5 InBand User 4 DECT3 G 729A B Defined 5 5 InBand 5 ES User 4 5 DECT4 G 729A B Dod 5 5 InBand User 6 DECTS G 729A B Bened 5 5 InBand AT User i T DECT6 G 729A B Defed 5 5 InBand Disable Port Phone Note If Phone port is disabled Phone could not be used anymore However its dsp resource could be used by DECT and DECT could dial 4 voip call at the same time Otherwise DECT could only dial 3 voip call at the same time DECT phone access code 1234 Note Default DECT phone access code is 1234 RIP Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start Dynamic RTP Port End RTP TOS Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 206 Dr ay Te k Phone List Disable Phone DECT phone access code RTP Dray Tek Port Phone Phonel1 Phone2 allow you to set general settings for PSTN phones DECT1 6 allow you to set general settings for DECT phone Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec The default Codec setting for each port will be shown in this field for your reference You can click the number below the Index field to change it for each phone port Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain
189. feature is useful for some areas Automatically Update Interval Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Click OK to save these settings 3 7 4 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router for using current configuration Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router 9 Using current configuration Click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpect errors of the router in the future Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 88 Dr ay Tek 3 8 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics MET TIBET 3 8 1 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP server Running Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID 1 182 168 1 10 OQ0 O0E A6 2A D5 A1 00 00 04 840 user b amp a lel82ce8 Index It displays th
190. fferent levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Dray Tek 161 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name NO Status Local Address Remote Address liio Service Type CodePnoint 10 Active Any Any IP precedence 1 TELNET TCP 235 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon Class Class Class Others UDP Bandwidth 1 2 d Control Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 259 259 25 2596 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Service Tvpe Class 1 Class 2 i Edit Class 3 After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Se
191. following Loop through Backup Phone Number Backup Phone Number When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN for this VoIP phone setting Digit Map For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface Dr ay Tek 29 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable 1 2 SI d 5 d S d 2j a d a Dj d i0 O i P iej 13 O 14 O 15 16 O LED a i8 O 19 O 20 0 Prefix Number mm Bb AULULUULIUT Interface Mode OP Number z E m cs ty x m dE Note Min Len and Max Len should be between 0 25 Enable Prefix Number Mode Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Check this box to invoke this setting The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number None No action Add
192. for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP Protocol Drop down the list to choose the one provided by ISP If you have already used Quick Start Wizard to set the protocol then it is not necessary for you to change any settings in this group Modulation Drop down the list to choose a proper modulation for the router The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet 31 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide through such direction For Wired LAN If you check this box PCs on the same network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet For Wireless LAN If you check this box PCs on the same
193. for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting Notice that such setting 1s not available for DECT phone port DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message DTMF made InBand Band OutBand RF C2833 SIP IMFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode From this page you can enable register or deregister handsets for using DECT function Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 212 Dray Tek VoIP gt gt DECT Handset Status FwVersion 0x100 LinkDate 08 07 04 14 31 DectType EU Dect Handset Status PCM Channel Deregister Handset 1 FOO REGISTE
194. g vialence Entertainment Glamour Lifestyle Phata Searches 5treaming Media Finance Real Estate Search Engine Hasting sites Religion LJuncategorised sites Action categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Log Drugs Alcohnl Hate speech C Weapons Food C Health Mator vehicles 5hopping Travel job Search Career Reference web Mail kid Sites Sex Education Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Block For this section please refer to Web Content Filter user s guide Dray Tek d Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 7 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Management H Sessions 4 7 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent al
195. h index Add Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Remove Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Dr ay Tek 155 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 7 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Q Enable Apply to 2nd Subnet 9 Disable Default TX Limit Kbps Default RX Limit Kbps Limitation List Index Start IP TX limit FE limit Specific Limitation Stat End O TX Limit Kbps RX Limit Kbps Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup O jJ Mote Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored OK To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Apply to 2 Subnet Disable Default TX limit Default RX limit Limitation List Start IP End IP TX lim
196. he front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card PBC WLAN Card O M If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the Dr ay Tek 225 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide vigor router WLAN Card Define a F Genen PIN Code of Station PIN Code For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID default Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode ss Status The Authentication Mode is NOT WPA WPAS PSE Mote WPS can help your wireless client automatically connect to the Access paint WPS is Disabled Sd WPS is Enabled mS Waiting for WPS requests fram wireless clients Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless securi
197. he drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it 1s used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more All the packets connections within the range configured in the above conditions must follow the standard configured in the CSM profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of CSM profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here Check the corresponding box to enable the l
198. he following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful 4 13 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup Mail Alert Setup Ss SLOg Access Setup Enable Send a test e mail Enable Destination Port 514 Enable syslag message Feturn Path e Firewall Lag Authentication vi Call Lag Enable E Mail Alert EIUS Eng DoS Attack ac Router DSL information IM P2Pp Enable Syslog Access Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Server IP The IP address of the Syslog server Destination Port Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Enable syslog message Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Enable Alert Setup Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Dr ay Tek 239 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Send a test e mail Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not SMTP Server The IP address of the SMTP server Mail To Assign a mail address for sending mails out Return Path Assign a path for receiving the
199. he specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Ans Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Do Not Disturb Act Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Do Not Distrub Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Hide caller ID Act Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 60 Dr ay Tek Hide caller ID Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Call Waiting Act Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Call Waiting Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Anonymous Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Block Anonymous Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming Act calls from unknown domain Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Deact Block IP Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls from IP address Block IP Calls Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block
200. he time server Select the time zone where the router is located Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server 241 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 13 7 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SNMP setup System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup O Allow management from the Internet 9 User Define Ports Default Parts FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List Telnet Port Default 23 HTTP Port Default 805 HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup List IP Subnet Mask Enable SNMP Agent Allow management from the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List Default Ports User Defined Ports Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Set Community Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Trap Community Notification Host IP Trap Timeout seconds Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific hos
201. he user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling via SIP Servers Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 192 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Proxy Proxy i a com b com J ime X Alice Bob sip aliceiedraytel com sip b
202. ic FAQ 01 What are the differences among these firmware file formats Basic 02 How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced 03 How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN 04 How do reset clear the router s password DHCP 05 How to bring back my router to its default value iliis i l l VoIP 05 How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only Qos 07 Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN 08 Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 3 6 and above for Vigor2200 Series routers Firewall IP Filter 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware from my Mac machine constantly what should do 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 XP 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windaws98 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 4P 2300 s print server 07 What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router 08 How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Dray Tek 15 Vigo
203. ice Type Fragments pplication Filter Branch to Other Filter Set IM P2P Filter URL Content Fiher Web Content Filter Advance Setting OK Sel to Factory Default Sat Comments L L 9 n n Uu Block NetBios LAN gt WAN Any Edt Any Edu TCPE UDP Pon tom 137 139 to undeteed Dan Care v Action Protile Block Immediately Edn Ces Cancel EG Syslog Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup Dos defense Setup Enable DoS Defense Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense Enable Port Scan detection C Block IP options Black Land C Black Smurf C Black trace route Black SYM fragment Black Fraggle Attack Threshold so packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold so packets sec Timeout ho SEC Threshold so packets sec Timeout Ho sec Threshold Em packets sec C Block TCP flag scan C Block Tear Drap C Black Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment C Block UnknownProtocol mmm Enable Dos Defense Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Enable PortSc
204. ide Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Hame Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Name Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Any Cw Range Address 132 158 1 54 182 158 1 75 lii Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface WAN LAN or Any Interface For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Type the start IP address for Single Address type Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings V
205. ified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 5 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 6 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default C Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Auto Update interval Min s Accounts Index Domain Name Active 1 X 2 x Je x Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Vigor2710 Seri
206. ignature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Indesr1 15 in Schedule Setup Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type C PPTP Username 225 IPSec Tunnel Password C LATP with IPSec Policy v Compression on off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer VPN Server IP v Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 IKE Pre SharedKey J ae Pase Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username draytek IPSec Tunnel Password C L2TP with IPSec Policy vI Compression on Q off Specify Remote VPN Gateway IKE Authentication Method Peer YPN Server IP Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 1 ar Deerin O Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP 4 DES SIDES AES 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so
207. igned by your ISP Below shows the menu items for Internet Access Internet Access 4 1 2 PPPoE PPPoA PPPoA included in RFC1483 can be operated in either Logical Link Control Subnetwork Access Protocol or VC Mux mode As a CPE device Vigor router encapsulates the PPP session based for transport across the ADSL loop and your ISP s Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer SDLAM To choose PPPoE or PPPoA as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE PPPoA from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 92 Dr ay Tek Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoA PPPoE PPPoA Client Mode PPPoE PPPoA Client Enable QO Disable DSL Modem Settings Multi PVC channel Channel 1 VPI VCI LLC SNAP PPPaE bd Encapsulating Type Protocol Multimode Modulation PPPoE Pass through L For Wired LAN For Wireless LAN Note If this box is checked while using the PPPoA protocol the router will behave like a modem which only serves the PPPoE client on the LAN WAN Connection Detection ISP Access Setup ISP Name Username Password PPP Authentication Always On Idle Timeout WAN IP Alias IP Address From ISP Fixed IP Yes 9 No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address so 7F Hoo foo lor Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup LL iL 1b 41 Mode
208. igor2710 Series User s Guide 134 Dray Tek Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Mame ds RD Department i Financial Dept 3 HR Department 4 r 4 5 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name GJ fa DD Pd qe qe PDP mk je fe Tee E BE E IEML MM E pPleEBPBIREBSEPmPPPEIPPEZ ta 2 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dr ay Tek 135 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 RD Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 136 Dr ay Tek 4 5 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1
209. igor2710 Series User s Guide Land line jack POTS ADSL Splitter 7 or Microfilter Analog Phone 7 Analog Phone DECT Phone 3 5 5 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port For Vigor2710 Vn VoIP gt Status eres Refresh Seconds Rx Elapse Tx Rx Rx i In Out Miss Speaker Pa SIRUS GOURT PESNI hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts pearl Calls Calls Calls Gain Phonel IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 L 0 Phonee IDLE 00 00 00 T 0 0 0 Log Date Time Duration In Out Miss Account ID Peer ID min dd vyy hh rmm asz iht rti ss 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 n 00 00 an uo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 m7oO oOo coo oe 8 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 76 Dr ay Tek Refresh Seconds VoIP gt gt Status Status Port Phone DECT1 DECT 2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS DECT6 Log Date Status Codec PeerID IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE mu dd vyvy o0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 o0 00 00 00 Port Status Codec PeerID Elapse Tx Pkts Dray Tek g H iluip Refresh Seconds Elapse Tx Rx Rx Koi In Out Miss Speaker hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts ms Calls Calls Calls Gain 00 00 00 0 0 0 5 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 00 00 00 0
210. iguration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 4 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status aM TTT T b TT T A TTT T m TTT T 3 riri 7 8 DoD 7 4 Ge T zh TTF T 5 T7 10 TT T Status v Active x Inactive Empty Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected S static R RIP default private C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN E Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subn
211. ike to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list 3 Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Infernet Explorer BRE see RROD BAREA IAM KAH Oa O hlad Dss yr wm O 0 05 3 5 3 ABALO 4 http 172 16 2 179 certsrv Eles s msi PBS BERT 8A DO PHBERRARET 19 a Hotmail Qh Messenger Bj RAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 280 Dray Tek 5 4 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file 3 Microsoft Cerificate Services Macrosoft Internet Explorer PIE BRO 48880 MAO BREA IAD HAU ax Grr O HAA Yes sem Viu O 2 Les FAET hitp 172 16 2 1 79ieertsevicerteare asp vger s msi DRZ PBT AEA OD BH BORBANDET G19 v a Hotmail d Messenger ARAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA c
212. ilter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu DSL On The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Blinking Slowly The modem is ready Quickly ane connection is training mo The port is connected LANU USB The data is transmitting VPN O o The VPN tunnel is active The VPN tunnel is active Qos On The QoS function is aeie DoS On The DoS DDoS function is active The profile s of CSM Content SECUS Management for Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu Interface Description DSL Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 24 LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices USB Connecter for USB storage device Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer Dray Tek Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Tek 3 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 1 2 2 For Vigor2710n Status Explanation Blinking The router is powered
213. in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the binded PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Mote Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac adress MO C CC Result Send command to client done m Dray Tek 4 9 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remote Access 4 9 1 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP YPN Service Enable IPSec YPN Service Enable L2TP VPN Service
214. ing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Dray Te k 121 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps y
215. ironment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic Limited bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference This link will be seen only if you click OK in WANI General Setup web page and click Setup again for WANI on the Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Dr ay Tek 159 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Service Bandwidth Management Quality of Service Online Statistics Refresh Interval 5 Y seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OUT 2596 2 OUT 2596 3 OUT 2596 4 OUT Others 2596 Outbound Status Others 0 5 10 Bps Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon Gass Class tinus Others UDP Beneath 1 2 3 Control Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 2556 2596 z5 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit After you click the Edit link you will see the followi
216. isplay Name David SIP URL 4321 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTMF Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name John Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTMF Use default value Dray Tek VolP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index Bo 1 E Enable Phone Number 1111 Dipy Marne Daad I LL A321 m dre ong Dial Out Account Deisi Loop though Nan w Backup Phane Number VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIF Account Index Mo 1 rail ugs alio jP p 5060 Dama draytel 1 t ray draytel i h Acti a outbound prox haplar m Apt Account Number Nam T1234 3 ch h tion 10 53 cH Pas d saa 63 char max Exper ma ihi HAT Traversal Supp Mone z Phora j l isoni sg Any 1 amp DN2 TE Ring P Ok an John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 11112 DialPlan Phone
217. it Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth If you click Enable you might check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subnet Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index 156 Dr ay Tek RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 4 7 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service m
218. ixed TX Packets TX Rate vigor senes 172 16 3 4 3 EE aaa TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate 4175 3668 172 16 3 229 2558 126 LAN Status Fiewall Log VPN Log User Access Log CallLog WAN Log Others Network Information Net State Traffic Graph Time Host Message Jan 1 00 00 42 Vigor Dos syn flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 10605 gt 192 168 1 1 23 PR 6 tep len 20 40 3 394375 Jan 1 00 00 34 Vigor DoS icmp flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 gt 192 168 1 1 PR 1 cmp len 20 60 icmp 0 8 lt ADSL Status a cce a ae ee 132 Dr ay Tek 4 5 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting 4 5 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Name Name E 2 LE 4 6 E 8 E 10 T1 M ER 14 T5 16 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dray Tek 133 Vigor2710 Series User s Gu
219. ject Profile Profile Index 1 Profle Name Check for Disallow IM Application VoIP MSN vahooIM AIM Ocg Cl Skype Jaa lichat Jabber GoogleTalk Googlechat SIP Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSH meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICQ Java ICO Flash goowy IMhaha qetMessenqer webIM URLs UN dt um IMUnitive Wablet mabber MSH2GO KoollM MessenqerFX MessengerAdictos Web YahoolM Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile Dr ay Tek 143 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 5 9 P2P Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for peer to peer application These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile P P Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name L ES i Be Pa P P PS IP PS Ps Ps Po BEBBBERRPPREPRRERBERBE FoEREEB RESP rPrPerPeePee Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several items for P2P protocols provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use P2P Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured
220. js Clear All O jse Lljsp jtk Activex Select All L als apb axs CL ocx alb nle tib viv vrm Clear All Compression Select All ace arj bzipe L bz2 cab gz l gzip Clear All Har Lbs Lip E ecutatian Select All C bas L bat l com Ll exe inf pif reg Clear All L sen Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 142 Dr ay Te k 4 5 8 IM Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for Instant Messenger These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile If Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 i 2 18 3 19 4 20 zs 21 5 22 f 23 8 24 9 25 10 2b 12 28 14 30 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details There are several types of Instant Messenger IM provided here for you to choose to disallow people using Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page you can use IM Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt IM Ob
221. k the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dro
222. l Setto Factory Default Last Call Return Miss Last Call Return In 712 Last Call Return Out 14 Call Forward All Act 2 numbar z Call Forward Deact 773 l Call Forward Busy Act 0 number Call Forward No Ans Act 792 number s Do Mat Disturb Act 78 la Do Mat Disturb Deact 79 le 7B h Hide caller ID Deact E s Call Waiting Act 56 L4 Call Waiting Deact oi Hide caller ID Act Block Anonymous Act E Lea Black Anonymous Deact oe LA Block Unknow Domain Black Unknow Domain Act 40 Dess U4 Black IP Calls Act U Black IP Calls Deact US LA Black Last Calls Act BD e Last Call Return Miss Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one Last Call Return In You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Last Call Return Out Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Call Forward All Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Call Forward Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Call Forward Busy Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to t
223. l time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification 4 13 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this filed Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 4 13 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration l Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below Dr ay Tek 237 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Confiquration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file es Click Restore to upload the file Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download i You are downloading the File conFig cfg From 192 168 1 1 Would vau like to open the file ar save it ta your computer Always ask before opening this type of File 3 In Save A
224. l hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Dr ay Tek 41 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose
225. l some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 170 Dr ay Te k 4 8 5 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP C Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled C Enable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID P1 P2 P3 P4 Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port or PVC Use the drop down list to choose the interface Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Group ID This field di
226. lay E DO DO DO Po Po EJ L1 LH Then check the Enable box to make the PSTN number available for dial whenever you need Note A Line port on the router allows connection to a PSTN line so the user can select either the PSTN or VoIP for the calls and can access the PSTN line during power black outs when VoIP is cut off only available on port 2 Dray Te k 201 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 11 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity SIP Accounts Web Page for Vigor2710 Vn VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Status T ds Phonei Phone 2 2 ae Phonei Phone2 3 se Phonei Phone2 4 Phonei Phone 2 5 um Phonei Phone2 E 6 Phonei Phone2 R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server NAT Traversal Setting STUN Server External IP SIP PING Interval
227. lay the SSID of the router 3 7 2 User Password This page allows you to set new password for user operation System Maintenance User Password User Password Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank New Password Type in new password in this filed Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 3 3 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from Dr ay Tek 87 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2000 Jan 1 Sat 0 47 35 Inquire Time Time Setup Use Browser Time 9 Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address pool ntp org Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Enable Daylight Saving d Automatically Update Interval OK Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to activate daylight saving function Such
228. lied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value 1s 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information FTT Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector Default SIP Account You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 210 Dr ay Tek custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOnl TOffl1 TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOnl and TOn2 represent sound on TOff1 and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt gt Phone Setting
229. lready gotten a public IP vou can skip this step c boa Step 2 Conmect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Ma connection PPTP ISP 4 VPM 3 In Step 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 262 Dr ay Te k Dial To TEN Session Mame Office User Marne Password Type of WPH CO PPTP COLZTP COLZTP over IPSec PPTP Encryption ley amem TT Use default gateway on remote network emen You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Setting My IP 172 16 3 100 Type of IPSec Q Standard IPSec Tunnel Remate Subnet Remote Subnet Mask 9 Mirture IP DrayTek Virture Interface w Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec CO Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Security Method C3 Mediumi AH Bo IL Authority Method pone Pre shared Kev C Certification Authority TE Cm If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VP
230. lt WMM Capable 9 Enable Disable APSD Capable Enable 9 Disable WMM Parameters of Access Point Aifsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AckPolicy AC BE e m z acak 3 n ac vi D oC Ac vo n n WMM Parameters of Station Aifsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AC VI z OK WMM Capable To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button Dray Te k 231 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide APSD Capable Aifsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AckPolicy 4 12 9 AP Discovery The default setting is Disable It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC VI and AC VO categories As to the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC BE and AC BK categories CWMin means contention Window Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CWMin or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC VI and AC VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC BE and AC BK categories must be greater It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC Vl and AC VO that need higher priorities in data transmission pleas
231. m Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box 75 DrayTek Syslog 3 9 1 192 188 1 1 AM Information WAMI IP Fixed igorPros300 series If2 15 2 213 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WANN IP Fixed 28489 15285 Tool Setun Telnet Read out Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Verdon 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE 950 ANSIAJEM Traditional Chinese Big O0al 21 abc 00a9 63 O0aa 61 Dad Zd lae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 DOBO 31 Obst Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 124 Dr ay Te k 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be
232. mation for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 14 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log Dr ay Tek 123 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 14 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 14 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Syslog For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here by checking the box The log will be displayed on Draytek Syslog window Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here E http 192 168 1 5 doc ipfzenad v ht
233. mber 2222 Display Name Arnor SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Arnor Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Paulin Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTMF Use default value Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Paulin s SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 VolP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Rook Index No 1 lv Enable Display Name SIP URL 4321 o 203 69 175 24 Dial Out Account Default Loop through Mone Backup Phone Number VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 e Na Pau 1 a ter 4 Non v Regist I Por 5060 t at v y Nar Am ant Nu 123 ithent ord eee piry Time I how ver None w Phone Ring Po 1S0N1 ISON2 T Rin w Lo jJ Arnor calls Paulin He picks up the phone and dials 11112 DialPlan Phone Number for Arnor VolP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Nama Armee SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 Dial Out Account Detautt Loop through None Backup Phone Number VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Indes No 1 Profile Nama Amar 11 char m x Regis ter via None bal 1 fall without Begistratien SIF Part Sen Dnmain Ee 5 Prt y 3 Art AS ina p Im Display M n Pa rhar Account Number N 41 Authent tion ID 63 char mas Passwo
234. methods and security methods in the general settings Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel 179 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Username This field 1s applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field 1s applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above IKE Authentication Method This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authenticati
235. n Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 220 Dr ay Te k Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Long Preamble Packet OVERDRIVE Dray Tek Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is Draytek We suggest you to change it LAN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Channel Channel B 2437MHz Auto Channel 1 2412hHz Channel 2 2417 hMHz Channel 3 2422 MHz Channel 4
236. n NENNT OE ene ee eee eee eee eee 232 Te VO FAMOUS cms 234 4 13 System Maintenance ssssssssssssssssseeeee nnne nennen nnns nnna irn n nnns sn nna enn n nnns ns 235 4 13 1 System StatUS NER UU 235 Lcx 020 e e 236 4 13 3 Administrator PASSWOMG ccccsesccecsseceeceeseeecseeeeeseaeeeeseaseeesseeesseaeeeeseaseeesaseeesaaees 237 Dray Te k ix Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 13 4 Configuration Backup ssesssesssssssseeesee enean nnn nnns sns nnns nnns 237 4 13 5 Syslog Mail Alert c ccccccccccsssceceeccsccssseeeeeeecssccesseneeeeeseccceeseneeessecceeseseeeeesssccoeseeees 239 4 13 6 Time and Date E 241 413 7 Manag MeNi esmenes i ai ai NP iaai 242 4 13 9 Reboot SY SICIN ashen scesicdeasinannedenctudaasenanncendecied aesenaewodedsauawenedindeUausesaawadenecedaassnanedesdoceunatenes 243 4 13 9 Firmware Upgrade eesssssesssesssseeeen nennen nnne mnn nnns nn nnns nnn nnns 244 A WEP WACO SHG S RIETI 245 SN NEB eiie mTTT anra enai 245 4 14 2 Routing Table PERDRE cm 246 4 14 3 ARP Cache Table Me 246 WAAC TADIG isean EE 247 4 14 5 NAT Sessions Table ccccccccsseeececcceseeeeeccessneeesscaneceesecseeeeessccssaeeesscaseeeeessceseeees 247 4 14 6 Data Flow MOMitr ccccccccccssscccesseecensecceseeceaneec
237. n from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading File Extension Profile None None 151 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then
238. ncode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below a i B Proxy Proxy E E a a com b com E i e i Alice Bob sip aliceiedraytel com sip bob draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 52 Dr ay Te k Vigor VoIP Vigor VolP Router Router J WTrrTy n x Our Vigo
239. nction WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Type the additional WAN IP address and check the Enable box Then click OK to exit the dialog Th WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join MAT IP Pool T DICIT ooo CITY V LOL UL IL LOL EL IE LOL UL IL LOL LIE ORT am eee Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Dr ay Tek 33 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide MPoA MPoA is a specification that enables ATM services to be integrated with existing LANs which use either Ethernet or TCP IP protocols The goal of MPoA is to allow different LANs to send packets to each other via an ATM backbone To use MPoA as the accessing protocol of the Internet select MPoA mode The following web page will appear MPoA RFC1483 2684 Mode MPoA RFC1483 2684 Enable 9 Disable DSL Modem Setti
240. nd outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number specific LIBIURL Specific URVURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or This field will be changed based on the type you selected for Specific Number barring Type Interface All means all the phone calls will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Application gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 198 Dr ay Te k VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Enable Interface Cl Phone pEcT1 LJ pEcT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS DECT6 Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup i Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Interface C Phone O pect CJ pEcT2 D
241. ne Settings DECT1 Call Feature Codecs Hotline Prefer Codec G 729A B BKbps Session Timer 30 sec Single Codec Call Forwarding Disable Packet Size Voice Active Detector Time Out 30 ea xim Default SIP Account LI DND Do Not Disturb Mode Play dial tone only when account registered Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List LL EL IE TE O CUR hide caller ID Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Session Timer Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically Call Forwarding There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy Dr ay Tek 69 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Prefer Codec Vigor2710 Series User s Guide means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No Answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Disable Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set th
242. ne for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds 184 Dray Tek 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Ol Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer VPN Server IP orPeri 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remate Network Mask Mare Allowed Dial In Type PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP Dray Tek ese cao ES SS Co ic IKE phase 2 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters PUE 9 on off sername Password v Compression
243. neral page lets you set the first PVC As to set the second PVC line please click the Port based Bridge tab to open Bridge configuration page Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 102 Dr ay Te k WAN gt gt Multi PVCs hlulti PY Cs General Channel ilm B Zr n B ATM Gos Port based Bridge Enable s Y P1 P2 P3 P4 Service Type Add Tag HL Note 1 Channel 1 to 2 are reserved far Nat Route use 2 P1i1s reserved for Nat Route use Enable P1 to P4 Service Type Add Tag Check this box to enable that channel Only channel 3 to 8 can be set in this page for channel 1 to 2 are reserved for NAT using It means the LAN port 1 to 4 Check the box to designate the LAN port for channel 3 to 8 Normally service type is used for the service of video stream e g IPTV It can divide the packets from remote control and from video stream into different PVC In general the protocol used by remote control is IGMP Normal It means that the PVC can accept all packets except IGMP IGMP It means that the PVC can accept packets of IGMP only To identify the usage of PVC check this box to invoke this setting And type the number for VLAN ID number Click Clear to remove all the configurations in this page if you do not satisfy it When you finish the configuration please click OK to save and exit this page Or click Cancel to abort the configuration and exit this page Dray Tek 1
244. nfiguration and click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpect errors of the router in the future Dr ay Tek 243 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 13 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is Www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp draytek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file Click Upgrade to upload the file TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 0 RC7 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running up WN oe
245. ng The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon cass Dass ia Others DE BE 1 2 3 Control Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 2556 25 z5 z5 Inactive Setup Glass Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four que
246. ng page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Glass Index 1 Name NO Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint 1 Empty z Service Type Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 160 Dr ay Te k For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePaint Service Type mp ER my ER ANY w ANY v Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Local Address Remote Address Edit DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Check this box to invoke these settings Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule It allows you to edit source address information E http 192 168 1 1 doc QosIpEdt htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask All the packets of data will be divided with di
247. ngs Multi PVC channel Encapsulation Channel 1 WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name Domain Name Required for some ISPs 1483 Bridged IP LLC VPI VCI Modulation 33 Multimode Specify an IP address IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 WAN Connection Detection ARP Detect Mode Ping IP TTL RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Bridge Mode L Enable Bridge Mode WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem Dial Backup Mode 9 Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address 60 rF joo oo Jor DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Go to 3G USB Modem Setup MPoA RFC1483 2684 Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this DSL Modem Settings WAN Connection Detection Vigor2710 Series User s Guide function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP These are vital for building DSL connection to your ISP Multi PVC channel The selections displayed here are determined by the page of Internet Access Multi PVCs Select M PVCs Channel means no selection will be chosen Encapsulating Type Drop down the list to choose the type provided by ISP VPI Type in the value provided by ISP VCI Type in the value provided by ISP Modulation Drop down the lis
248. ngth of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Dray Tek 245 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 14 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C 192 168 1 0 C connected S static R RIP default 255 255 255 0 is directly connected Refresh 4 14 3 ARP Cache Table Click it to reload the page Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh Mac Address 00 50 7F C2 80 20 OO0 OE 6 2 D5 4A1 IP Address 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 10 OK LCCGJYIYO75U Refresh Clear Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Click it to reload the page Click it to clear the whole table Dray Tek 4 14 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP server Stop Index IP Address Mac Address Leased Time
249. nhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 218 Dr ay Te k flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN 4 12 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Dray Tek 219 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n v Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied
250. ni status always on top Frequency 802 11b ghn 2 4GH v C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel Group Roaming adden Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps 4 12 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 222 Dr ay Te k Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID SSID 3 SSID 4 WPA Encryption Mode TKIP Type 8 63 ASCI character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example Efgs la2z or Uxe55abcd Encryption Mode Key 1 pom Key 2 pum Key 3 ee i O Key 4 omm For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26
251. nic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate 1s real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certificate Management 4 10 1 Local Certificate Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Gertificate Configuration Mame Subject Status Modify GEMERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Dr ay Tek 189 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Certificate Management Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization O
252. nitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Enable Data Flow Monitor Index IP Address Refresh Seconds Page Refresh TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action Mote 1 Click Block ta prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Refresh Index IP Address TX rate kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Check this box to enable this function Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Refresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page 248 Dr ay Tek Action Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes ge 1 Bj Refresh Sessions Action T Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the ses
253. nostics MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 1st Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Yes DNS 194 109 6 66 Link Status MAC Address Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 Connection PPPoE IP Address Default Gateway In Out MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 0 0 Frequency Domain Europe 0 0 Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 0 0 SSID DrayTek 0 0 0 0 0 0 Logout 0 0 Main screen for admin mode operation full configuration Vigor 710 Series Dray Tek www draytek com Off v System Status Quick Start Wizard Online Status Model Name Vigor2710 series Firmware Version 3 3 0 RC7 Build Date Time Jul 1 2009 16 34 46 genos gnum ADSL Firmware Version 211011 A Annex A a LAN WAN 1 Applications VoIP Wireless LAN System Maintenance MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask DHCP Server 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 PPPoE 194 109 6 66 Default Gateway Diagnostics VoIP Port Profile Reg In Out Phone No 0 0 DECT1 No 0 0 DECT2 No 0 0 DECT3 No 0 0 DECT4 No 0 0 Logout 0 0 a 0 0 Wireless LAN MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Frequency Domain Europe Firmware Version 1 8 1 0 SSID DrayTek Main screen for user mode operation simple configuration Note The home page will change sligh
254. nterference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reonentor relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www draytek com user AboutRegulatory php This product is designed for DSL POT
255. nternet Modem Initial String Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN Name APN Access Point Name is provided by your ISP for identifying different access points Simply click Apply to apply such name Finally you have to click OK to save the setting Apply Activate the function of identification Modem Dial String Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 94 Dr ay Te k ISP Access Setup IP Address From ISP Dray Tek PPP Password Type the PPP password optional Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN General Setup page Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request
256. o control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Application gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section VoIP gt gt DialPlan gt gt Phone Book for detailed configuration 209 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide CLIR hide caller ID Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Call Waiting Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Call Transfer Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Prefer Codec Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G 711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 G7114 b4k bps 3 7114 64k bps G 728A B Blkbns G 723 64kbps Prefer Codec Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be app
257. oE PPPoA Bridged IP or Routed IP The router supports the Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 20 Dr ay Te k 2 4 1 Adjusting Protocol Encapsulation In the Quick Start Wizard you can configure the router to access the Internet with different protocol modes such as PPPoE PPPoA Bridged IP or Routed IP The router supports the ADSL WAN interface for Internet access Quick Start Wizard 2 Connect to Internet PI VCI Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Second ONS M 35 PPPoA VIC ML w Oves NolDynamic IP Cancel Now you have to select an appropriate WAN connection type for connecting to the Internet through this router according to the settings that your ISP provided VPI VCI Protocol Encapsulation Fixed IP IP Address Subnet Mask Dray Tek Stands for Virtual Path Identifier It is an 8 bit header inside each ATM cell that indicates where the cell should be routed The ATM is a method of sending data in small packets of fixed sizes It is used for transferring data to client computers Stands for Virtual Channel Identifier It is a 16 bit field inside ATM cell s header that indicates the cell s next destination as it travels through the network A virtual channel is a logical connection between two end devices on the network Select an IP mode for this WAN interface There are several available modes for Internet a
258. ob draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Vigor VoIP Vigor VolP Router Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic 193 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VoIP 4 11 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are t
259. of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity MAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option Set Phone or DECT as the default ring port for this SIP account The ports you can set are different based on the model you have 65 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Ring Pattern Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Hing Pattern 3 5 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have Phone Settings Web Page for
260. og function Then the filter log and or CSM log will be shown on Draytek Syslog window 128 Dr ay Tek Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Dray Tek Firewall General Setup General Setup Coll Filter 6 Enable CQ Dizab e Data Filter 9 Enable Disable Actions for default rule Application Filter IM P2P Fiha URI Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting ej Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for some qamageEx CS Fitter Set 1 Comments DA C j Clear Cancel OK Start Filter Set Sew Start Filter Set Action Protile Pass None None Y None Comments Block NetBios SNN Move Up ur Next Filter Set 129 Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Piller Setup Commons Default Cal Fiter Default Data Filter Move Down Ust Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule ox Dow riter Set 1 Rule 1 lov v Check to enable the Filter Rule Dov Comments pov index 1 15 m Sclledule Setup Direction Source IP Destnavon LP Serv
261. on Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item 1s optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode 4 9 6 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports 2 VPN tunnels and provides up to 32 profiles simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 180 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAW Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Mame Status Index Mame Status T1 TT 5 1f TY e i TTT A 18 TTF A 3 TER Ed 19 TTF 4 TT A 2l um A TT A 21 FEF A b TER A Ze TTT A f TT A 23 TTF A 8 TTT A 2 D A 9 227 ES 25 22 EN 10 TT e 2b 117 Ed 11 TT A Zi TTF A 12 TT E 28 TTF E 13 prm A 24 TTT A 14 TT A 30 TTT A 15 TTT A AT TTT A 16 TTT
262. onal MPPE v Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 260 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAND IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data wil be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP e DES 3DES AES Data wil be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Enable this account Idle Timeout second s C L2TP with IPSec Policy Username ere IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 Password IPSec Security Method Mediumt AH High ESP DES 3DES AES jJ
263. one Book Index No 1 Phone Number 1111 Enable Display Name David iion SIP URL 4321 iptel or 2 SIP URL 4321 lo iptel org Dial Out Account Default v Loop through None Phone Number 1111 SIP Accounts Settings Backup Phone Number Profile Name draytell Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts Domain Realm draytel org SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Nam draytel 1 char max Proxy draytel org eel a kd Call s EM Act as outbound proxy SIP Port 5060 unhecked Domain Realm draytel org 63 char max Proxy draytel org 63 char max Display Name John Act as outbound proxy Display Name John char max Account Number Name 1234 cest Munber Name i ccount Number Name 63 char max Authentication ID unchecked 1 Authentication 1D 63 char max Password 2k ok ok ok bes ecce 63 char mind Expiry Time 1hour sec Expiry Time use default value NAT Traversal Support None v Phone Ring Port ISDN1 S0 Any CODEC RTP DTMF IE ISDN2 TE Use default value Ring Pattern T John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David Settings for David VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan index l Phone Book Index No 1 Phone Number 2222 Enable Display Name John MCN
264. or Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone port specified in the following window VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Enable Interface Phone pEcT1 I DECT2 DECT3 DECT4 DECT5 DECT6 Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 58 Dr ay Tek For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls through Phone port from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Interface Phone pect1 E Dect2 DECT3 DECT4 DECTS DECT6 Note If the domain of the incoming call is different from the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls through Phone port coming from IP address VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Interface Phone pEcT1 CJ Dect DECT3 DECT4 DECT5 DECT6 Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing e g 192 168 1 1 should be blocked Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router is placed Dr ay Tek 59 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Enable Regiona
265. ork including its SSID as identification located channel etc Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 a PB Mode WEP only SON 192 168 1 1 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will e
266. ormation that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet Protocol Encapsulation 1483 Routed IP LLC v Fixed IP Oves G No Dynamic IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Il Second ONS Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 24 Dr ay Tek After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WPI a WOT 33 Protocol Encapsulation 1483 Route LLE Fixed IP No Primary OMS Secondary ONS Click Finish Then the system status of this protocol will be shown 2 5 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status ADSL Information and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE PPPoA as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online status for PPPoE Online Status System Status System Uptime 1 0 58 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 266 2228 WAN 1 Status gt gt Drop PPPoE Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes ADSL PPPoE 0 01 29 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps 61 230 203 119 61 230 192 254 38 15 39 40 ADSL Information ADSL Firmware Version 211011 A ATM Statistics TX Cells RX Cells TX CRC errs RX CRC errs 63 353 6 1 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNR Margin Loop Att G DMT SH
267. ort Description Printer O 3250 Standard TCP IP Port Epson Stylus COLOR 1150 O IP 1 Standard TCP IP Port L1 IP 1 Standard TCP IP Port HP LaserJet 1300 O P 1 Standard TCP IP Port Ll IP 1 Standard TCP IP Port v IP 1 Standard TCP IP Port Brother HL 1070 O PDF Local Port PDF995 mm 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and UPR name Configure Standard CP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP 192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol Baw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings Queue Name E CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled L i Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 14 Dr ay Te k The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support FAQ FAQ Bas
268. orward No Ans Act 792 number s 78 la Do Mat Disturb Deact 79 le T4 Hide caller ID Deact BB h 5b L4 Call Waiting Deact oi E Lea Black Anonymous Deact oe LA Black Unknow Domain ie Deact ya 50 Black IP Calls Deact US LA Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Ans Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming Do Not Disturb Act Do Not Distrub Deact Hide caller ID Act Hide caller ID Deact Vigor2710 Series User s Guide calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Dial the number typed in this field to make your
269. otal 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor 2710Vn VDn for setting the phone book VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book mde Poe TRAAY spur RRO get Phone Status Number Me Default Mane Zz Default Mane 3 Default Mane 4 Default None I Default Mane b Default Mane T Default Mane B Default Mane 9 Default Mane 10 Default None 1i Default Mane 12 Default Mane 13 Default None 14 Default Mane 15 Default None 16 Default Mane Ti Default Mane 18 Default Mane 19 Default Mane 20 Default Mane lt lt 1 20 21 40 41 60 gt gt Next gt gt Status v Active x Inactive T Empty Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 194 Dray Tek Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Qut Account Loop through Backup Phone Mumber Pally i fed puer com Default Mane ho Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Digit Map Click this to enable this entry The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily kn
270. ou to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 Smurf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Firewall Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 122 Dr ay Te k 4 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of
271. outer is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default RIP Protocol Control Disable 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 39 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide DHCP Server Configuration DNS Server Configuration Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user
272. outer will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity NAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option Set Phone or DECT as the default ring port for this SIP account The ports you can set are different based on the model you have Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern 205 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 11 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phone 1 and Phone 2 respectively However it changes slightly according to different model you have Phone Settings Web Page for Vigor2710 Vn VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone List Call Gain Default SIP DTMF nuan Par Feature COMER ae Mic Speaker Account Relay 1 Phonei CW CT G z29A p 05e 5 5 InBand zx ES Defined 2 Phone CW CT G728A pg Ser 5 5 InBand z ME Defined RIP Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End 15000 RTP TOS IP precedence 5 v fioo Phone Settings Web Page for Vigor2710 VDn VolP gt gt Phone Settings Phone List Call Gain De
273. ow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter 4 6 1 IM P2P Filter Profile You can define policy profiles for different policy of IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer application CSM profile can be used in Filter Setup page CSM gt gt IMIP2P Filter Profile IM P P Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Mame 1 T 2 18 3 19 4 20 J 21 B fR i 23 8 24 J 25 10 26 11 2r 12 28 13 293 14 30 15 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name IM Object Mane P2P Object Mane Misc Object Mane Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Dr ay Tek 147 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Each profile can contain three objects settings IM Object P2P Object and Misc Object Such profile can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow 4 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with UR
274. ow who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out It is useful for both sides caller and callee that registered to different SIP Registrar servers If caller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured The selection should be as the following Loop through None Backup Phone Number When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN for this VoIP phone setting For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface Dray Tek 195 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable 1 z s SI d
275. owed Dial In Type PPTP IPSec Tunnel Cl L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer YPN Server IP 220 136 240 210 orPeerib O Password v Compression on off IKE Authentication Method v Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection Dray Tek 2 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP IPSec Tunnel C LATP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 orPeer D jJ Username draytek on off v Compression IKE 4uthentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESF DES 3DES AES 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remate Network IP 182 158 2 RIP Directian From first subnet to remote network you have ta do Remate Network Mask 254 255 2545 0 Mare Change default route ta this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 5 E eo o o eap eau 1 Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN
276. p link for setting reserved bandwidth ratio Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Status Bandwidth Directon Pinus elas DINER Others nun NENNT 2 d Control Enable Kbps Kbps Outbound 25 259 25 2596 Inactive p Glass Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 7 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of VoIP influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Enable the QoS Control Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 Class 2 HTTPS 25 Class 3 25 Others D5 ke Limited bandwidth Ratio 36 Online Statistics 8 If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 266 Dr ay Te k VPN Tunnel Private Network Cooperate Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 Mame WPN Status Local Address Remote Address Diffserv CodePoint nidis Empty 9 Click Edit to open the following window Check the ACT box first Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePaint S
277. pe of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port vou want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port LPT Recommended Punter Porti Note Most computers use the LPT 1 port to communicate witha local printer D The connector for this port should look something like this Create a new port Type of port Standard TCP IP Port Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 12 Dr ay Te k 6 In the following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP 192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 132 168 1 1 Port Name IP 182 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or sele
278. phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Dial the number typed in this field to release this function 200 Dr ay Tek Call Waiting Act Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Call Waiting Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Anonymous Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Block Anonymous Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming Act calls from unknown domain Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Deact Block IP Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls from IP address Block IP Calls Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Last Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call PSTN Setup Some emergency phone e g 911 or special phone cannot be dialed out by using VoIP and can be called out through PSTN line only To solve this problem this page allows you to set five sets of PSTN number for dialing without passing through Internet Please type the number in the field of phone number for PSTN relay VoIP gt PSTN Setup Default phone number for PSTN relay Enable phone number for PSTN re
279. ppear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address e Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status AE Broadband D Network Tasks General m m hinet s Create a new connection Disconnected f Setup a home or small ad WAN Miniport PPPOE Internet Gateway Office network Status Connected _Diskup Duration 00 19 06 See Also 3 J test Speed 100 0 Mbps i Network Troubleshoot 1 Disconnected sea a a Sa ea d b DrayTek ISDN PPP Bit Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Dther Places Internet Gateway w J Qv Control Panel 157 TP Broadband Connection on UL 5 Router amp My Network Place eoa Becker Lj My Documents Sent 404 734 qj My Computer Received 1115 BEE __LAN or High Speed Internet zn 71 Local rea Connection Enabled L a Realtek RTL8139 810x Family J Diae Details Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a
280. pped 131 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Block Unknown Protocol Warning Messages Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Enable Send a test e mail Enable SMTP Server m Server IP Address 192 168 1 115 m Mail To Destination Port 514 Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Log O Authentication VPN Log User Name 7 User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert Ec V Dos Attack Router DSL information N x IM P2P i DrayTek Syslog 3 7 0 Controls 192 168 1 1 w WAN Status Gateway IP F
281. proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets 4 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default set Comments set Comments 1 Default Call Filter T 2 Default Data Filter Bg 3 9 4 10 Hs 11 5 12 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active EDOBODSE Df k D k m Filter Rule Active Dray Tek Comments Move Up hove Down Black NetBias Down UP Down
282. r 1s the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting Notice that such setting 1s not available for DECT phone port DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message 72 Dr ay Tek 3 5 4 DECT DTMF made InBand InBand QutBand RF C2833 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode From this page you can enable register or deregister handsets for using DECT function VoIP gt gt DECT Handset Status FwVersion 0x100 LinkDate 08 07 04 14 31 DectType EU Dect Handset Status PCM Channel
283. r V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it 1s tolerable for data traffic VoIP 3 5 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional PSTN Setup Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor 2710Vn 2710VDn for setting the phone book 53 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Dray Tek VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book i Backup Index Phone Bp spp ug Dial out aap Phone Status number Name Account through Number 1 Default Mane E 2 Default None W HE Default Mane A 4 Default Mane i aie Default Mane i b
284. r ay Te k 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration rou can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Othenvise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically C Use the following IP address For MacOs l 2 Dray Tek Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Network On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4 ean _ Network aao Jl Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet Y Proxies Ethernet IP Address 192 168 1 10 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 EA i E Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Jj 285 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 6 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The
285. r router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Dray Tek 37 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For MAT Usage 1st IP Address 182 158 1 1 9 Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent O ist Subnet 2nd Subnet
286. r2710 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 16 Dr ay Te k 2 Configuring Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings 2 1 Two Level Management This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator user and how to adjust basic advanced settings for accessing Internet successfully For user mode operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for admin mode operation please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login for full configuration 2 2 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly Q Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically i from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Usernamo ENEEEEEEEENI EE 3 For user s operation do not type any word on the window and click Login for the simple web pages for configuration Yet for administrator s operation please type admin admin on Username Password and cli
287. rd Expiry Time hour JAT Trin Uu Hong Phan E T IBDH1 y m jt amp ns T F A mae Paulin calls Arnor He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John 272 Dray Tek 5 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools l 2 3 f 8 Dray Tek Insert CD of the router to your CD ROM From the webpage please find out Utility menu and click it On the webpage of Utility click Install Now under Syslog description to install the corresponding program Please remember to set as follows in your DrayTek Router e server IP Address IP address of the PC that runs the Syslog e Port Number Default value 514 Install Now The file RTSxxx exe will be asked to copy onto your computer Remember the place of storing the execution file Go to www draytek com to find out the newly update firmware for your router Access into Support Center gt gt Downloads Find out the model name of the router and click the firmware link The Tools of Vigor router will display as shown below Tools Name Released Date Version os Support Model Download Router Tools 2101 2 2005 38i Mi S vNVindaws All Model zip Smart VPN Client 18 08 2008 3 2 MS Windows All Model zip LPR 2 ri sr2u0605 1 0 MS Windows Far Print Function zip VTA 15 09 2005 2 8 Windows2000 P For ISDN Model zip DialPlan 25 01 2008
288. rds within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking 150 Dr ay Tek Web Feature Dray Tek keyword list the more efficiently the Vigor router perform Object Group Edit Keyword Object or Keyword Object Nar or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object None or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmissio
289. ress Run Result Clear Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the interface that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Dray Te k 251 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 252 Dr ay Te k 9 Application and Examples 5 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router A Internet Router B 220 135 240 208 220 135 240 210 a Headquarter T Ny GP Remote Branch Office LI SW G 192 168 2 0 192 168 1 0 Marketing Departme 192 168 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set Dial In PPP PAP or
290. rom LAN based on the MAC Address Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 84 Dr ay Tek list Policy Activate MAC address filter Activate MAC address filter Isolate VVLAMN fram LAN MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Four buttons Add Remove Clients MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Attribute s select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 6 5 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN Station List Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes C Connected No encryption E Connected WEP P Connected WPA A Connected WPA2 B Blocked by Access Control N Connecting F Fail to pass WPA PSK authentication Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the
291. rusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 eee Trusted CA 2 NE View Trusted CA 3 zac PM View IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file Cd Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information E http 197 168 1 5 Certificate Information Microsoft Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Issuer Subject Subject Alternative Name Valid Fram valid Ta D ray Tek 191 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 10 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption p
292. rvice User Defined Service Type NO Name Protocol Port 1 Empty 3 Cancal Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 162 Dr ay Te k For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type 9 Single Range Part Number EN E boo Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification Dr ay Tek 163 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 8 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications i i p i 4 8 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the spec
293. ryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same me Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Dr ay Tek 79 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN p f p 3 6 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new
294. s Advance Settings gt gt Phonel Tone Settings Region User Defined i Caller ID Type FSK ETSI 3 Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton Z T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec Volume Gain DTIMF Mic Gaing1 105 DTMF Made InBand Speaker Gain 1 10 Payload TvpecRFC2833 MISC Dial Tone Power Level 1 50 P bo im ien Ring Frequency 10 BO HZ Region Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Tone Settings Region ser Defined User Defined ow Speaker qolovakia MISC Switzerland rial Tano Omi oaor osynanl 1 Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is Dray Te K 211 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Volume Gain MISC DTMF 4 11 4 DECT recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended
295. s and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT 4 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 114 Dr ay Te k Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts MAT gt gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Part Private IP Status ds 2 3 4 g b Ls 8 a 10 LM c cs cc sc c ss o Ne om lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection
296. s dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself my Documents E My Computer My Recent Emy Network Places Documents MEIRVS COM Lite G Annex 4 3 mmm Basan y MwSnap30D Ij TeleDanmark Tools x dies T E y v2k2 232 config 1 My Documents ay one ere Ong vzk amp 250 config 1 Mu Computer T amp File name config My Network Save as type Configuration file i 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 238 Dr ay Te k Restore Configuration l Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below system Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file i Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds t
297. s not listed in IP Bind List This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List 113 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Edit It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before Remove You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Remove The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Pu
298. sion column ge 1 Mj Refresh Sessions Action blocked 298 Unblock 4 14 7 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WANI Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WANT Bandwidth v Daly Refresh WANT Bandwidth Sessions Dr ay Tek 249 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 14 8 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified IPaddress 000000 Run Clear Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 250 Dr ay Te k 4 14 9 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Protocol Hast IP Add
299. splays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status If you check Enable IGMP Proxy all the multicast groups will be listed and all the LAN ports P1 to P4 are available for use 4 8 6 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Dray Te k 171 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake an LAN Wake by Mote Wake on LAN integrates with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac aadress ft CC Result ee Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address MAC Address IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown
300. ss Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 54 34 Primary COD LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 1311 1221 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the 108 Dr ay Tek router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the conf
301. ss Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Both Pass Bath Black Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First Priority Log None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Dray Tek Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog 149 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide URL Access Control Vigor2
302. stics Mote During the scanning process c5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address kl kb RE RE El 9 Bridge Repeater Scan It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button Statistics It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 12345678910111213 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Channel Cancel Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page Dr ay Tek 233 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 12 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN Station List Station List Refresh Add Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPA2 Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass
303. t all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel 187 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 9 7 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page No 89 Virtual Tx TxRate Rx RxRate j TUM Type EEE Network Pkts Bps Pkts Bps INE XXXXXXXX Data is encrypted XENXKRXK Data isn t encrypted Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 188 Dr ay Te k 4 10 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electro
304. t or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FTP servers Check it to enable this function Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private 242 Dray Tek Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting 1s 10 seconds 4 13 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Rebont System Do you want to reboot your router 9 Using current configuration Using factory default configuration If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default co
305. t register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without registration Choosing Auto is recommended None bal LAN VPN Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before 204 Dray Tek Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Dray Tek Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the r
306. t to choose a proper modulation for the router Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to 34 Dr ay Tek execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command RIP Protocol Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function Bridge Mode If you choose Bridged IP as the protocol you can check this box to invoke the function The router will work as a bridge modem WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem If you install a 3G USB modem on the router please Enable the Dial Backup Mode to perform file backup via USB device After choosing Enable please click the 3G USB Modem link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Client Mode OEnable 9 Disable SIM PIN code Po Modem Initial String AT amp FEOVIA1I amp D2 amp 8C150 0 Default AT amp FEOV1X1 amp D2 amp C150 0 Modem Dial String Default ATDT 99 PPP Username Po Optional PPP Password Po Optional PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WANO2 SIM PIN code Type
307. te IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them Manual IP precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class hledium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Class2 Low Drap AF Classe Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Classa Low Drap AF Class3 Medium Drop AF Class3 High Drop AF Class4 Low Drop i AF Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class 68 Dray Tek Detailed Settings for Phone Port Click the number link for Phone DECT port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings Phone Port Web Page for Vigor2710 Vn VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone iCall Feature Codecs Hotline Prefer Codec C Session Timer sec Call Forwarding Disable Packet Size aged 0 Voice Active Detector Time Out 30 se 3 o mes Default SIP Account C DND Do Not Disturb Mode o Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List BUM NUN Play dial tone only when account registered LJ CUR hide caller ID Call Transfer DECT Port Web Page for Vigor2710 VDn VoIP gt gt Pho
308. ternet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subn Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tek 105 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server Ist IP Address 132 168 1 1 Relay Agent O ist Subnet 2nd Subnet 1st Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 165 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable 9 Disable IP Pool Counts so end
309. that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to do Remate Network IP 192 168 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 Mare Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 5 amp Sem Cms My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 e D ea e Dr ay Tek 259 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 5 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router Internet 210 135 240 208 Remote Network 192 168 1 0 Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users ial When DHCP Disable set ud raa PAP or CHAP v Authentication Start IP Address 192 168 1 200 tr al MPPE Opti
310. through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 90 Dr ay Tek Admin Mode Operation This chapter will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side n M eLo a 710 Series Dray Tek Auto Logout Quick Start Wizard m Online Status Model Name System Status Vigor2710 series Firmware Version 3 3 0 RC7 Build Date Time Jul 1 2009 16 34 46 eis gosse ADSL Firmware Version 211011 A Annex A ix LAN WAN 1 Firewall l MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Link Status Disconnected Objects Setting 1st IP Address 192 168 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F 00 00 01 CSM 1st Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connection PPPoE Bandwidth Management DHCP Server Yes IP Address Applications DNS 194 109 6 66 Default Gateway VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management Wireless LAN VolP Port Profile Reg In Out MAC Address l 00 50 7F
311. time before set schedule In System Maintenance Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications Schedule Schedule Set to Factory Default Index Status Index Status ile x gi x 2 H 10 x 3 x 11 x 4 12 M 5 x 13 x b 14 M M 15 M 8 x Status v Active x Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index 1 are shown below Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 166 Dr ay Te k Applications Schedule Index Mo 1 Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd z000 se MHt MI Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Action Idle Timeout How Often Once Weekdays LJ Sun Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time
312. tion 9 Both Dial Out Dial In Enable this profile L Always on Netbios Naming Packet Pass QOBlack Idle Timeout second s L Enable PING to keep alive 2 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an IPSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection Dray Tek 2d Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Server IP Host Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 208 Username Password PPP Authentication vJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method 9 Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium amp H High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Server IP Hast Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 208 Username draytek Password PAP CHAP on O off PPP Authentication v Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital S
313. tly in accordance with the type of the router you have Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 18 Dray Tek 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password User Password system Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password Mew Password Confirm Password system Maintenance gt gt User Password User Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type the new password in New Password and Confirm Password fields Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Username MENEENEEEEEEEEEENI Password MENNENEKEEEEEN Dray Tek 19 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 2 4 Quick Start Wizard Q Notice Quick Start Wizard for user operation is the same as for administrator s operation If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters In the Quick Start Wizard you can configure the router to access the Internet with different protocol modes such as PPP
314. to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address S Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status AE Broadband Network Tasks Beneral 2 hinet s Create a new connection 5 Disconnected 9 Set up a home or small E WAM Miniport PPPOE Internet Gateway office network Status Connected Disup Duration 00 19 06 See Also 1 3 test Speed 100 0 Mbps 3 Network Troubleshooter a grape x DrayTek ISDN PPP Actin city Internet Internet Gateway Mu Computer Other Places Internet Gateway G Control Panel Je IP Broadband Connection on Router amp My Network Places uw Ce Backes L My Documents Sent 404 734 My Computer Received 1 115 BBE __LAN or High Speed Internet Local Area Connection z z Details Enabled rai Realtek RTL8139 810x Family Llose Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 50 Dr ay Te k Advanced Settings a
315. tocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES v apes MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic IKE Authentication Method This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES 4 9 4 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to L AN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32
316. ts Rx Jitter In Calls Out Calls Miss Calls Speaker Gain Log 4 12 Wireless LAN when the Refresh button is clicked Refresh Seconds It shows current connection status for the port of Phonel and Phone2 It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function 1s idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain The format 1s represented as hours minutes seconds Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Total number of received voice packets during this connection Session Total number of lost packets during this connection session The jitter of received voice packets Accumulation for the times of in call Accumulation for the times of out call Accumulation for the times of missing call The volume of present call Display logs of VoIP calls This function is used for n models only 4 12 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching
317. ty encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 226 Dr ay Te k SSID Authentication Mode Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode 4 12 6 WDS Display the SSIDI of the router WPS is supported by SSIDI only Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WLAN LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface Dray Tek 227 Vigor2710 Series User s Guid
318. ty 3 5 1 Time QutE Sec Router IP DYCIE m Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie m Password 14 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time CutE Sec Router IP DYCIE Fort Firmware File Cipacuments and SettingsCarrie m Password Sending 15 Now the firmware update is finished Dray Tek 275 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 5 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CA Server A CA Server B User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigor Router via Web GUI e User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it l Goto Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH 509 Local Certificate Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 276 Dr ay Te k 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization O Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit Generate 3 Copy
319. u check this box PCs on the same network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet For Wireless LAN If you check this box PCs on the same wireless network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection Detection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command 3G Backup Setup 3G USB Modem If you install a 3G USB modem on the router please Enable the Dial Backup Mode to perform file backup via USB device After choosing Enable please click the 3G USB Modem link to access into the following page for configuring detailed settings WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem Setup PPP Client Mode O Enable Disable SIM PIN code Po Modem Initial String AT amp FEOQVIAT amp D2Z8C1350 0 Default AT amp FEOV1X1 amp D2 amp C1S0 0 Modem Dial String Default ATDT 99 PPP Username Po Optional PPP Password Po Optional KT emen PPP Client Mode Click Enable to activate this mode for WANO2 SIM PIN code Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access I
320. ues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 158 Dr ay Te k Bandwidth Management Quality of Service General Setup Enable the Qos Control Index Glass Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Glass 1 25 Class 2 25 leg Glass 3 25 m Others 25 le C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited bandwidth Ratio 25 96 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page Reserved Bandwidth Ratio It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Enable UDP Bandwidth Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right Control field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload Prioritize are great in ADSL2 env
321. ulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 110 Dray Tek LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index Mo 1 Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 58 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 165 1 3 Network Interface Cancel A 4 4 Goto Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh C connected 5 static BR RIP default private 192 168 10 0 ddg ddi dg U wia 192 168 1 2 LAN 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN 211 100 88 0 255 255 255 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAM Dray Te k 111 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration VLA Configuration Menable P1 P2 P3 P4 LANO d F d O LANI O d d O VLAN2 al C VLAN3 d d d To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the following example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to P1 and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN
322. up the WPS will be on The WPS is off Blinking Waiting for wireless client sending requests for connection about 2 minutes Interface Description WLAN Press the button once to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection DSL Connecter for accessing the Internet through ADSL2 24 LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices USB Connecter for USB storage Pen Driver Mobile HD or printer 6 Dray Tek 2t p t Ogg OOT ot Interface Description Line Connector of analog phone for PSTN life line Phone2 Phonel Connecter of analog phone for VoIP communication Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Tek 7 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 1 2 4 For Vigor2710VDn Status Explanation ACT Blinking The router is powered on and running quem Activity normally fa The router is powered off WLAN On Wireless access point 1s ready Blinking It will blink while wireless traffic goes through DSL On The router is ready to access Internet through DSL link Blinking Slowly The modem is ready Quickly The connection 1s tr
323. use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP 1s an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 Dr ay Tek 51 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and e
324. vate them MPoA MPoA is a specification that enables ATM services to be integrated with existing LANs which use either Ethernet token ring or TCP IP protocols The goal of MPoA is to allow different LANs to send packets to each other via an ATM backbone To use MPoA as the accessing protocol of the Internet select MPoA mode The following web page will appear Internet Access gt gt MPoA RFC1483 2684 MPoA RFC1483 2684 Mode MPoA RFC1483 2684 Enable 9 Disable WAN IP Network Settings DSL Modem Settings Multi PVC channel Encapsulation Channel 1 Q Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name Domain Name Required for some ISPs 1483 Bridged IP LLC VCI Modulation WAN Connection Detection ARP Detect Mode Ping IP TTL RIP Protocol C Enable RIP Bridge Mode Enable Bridge Mode WAN Backup Setup 3G USB Modem Multimade 9 Specify an IP address IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 9 Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address 50 zF 00 100 Jor DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Dial Backup Mode Go to 3G USB Modem Setup MPoA RFC1483 2684 Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this DSL Modem Settings Vigor2710 Series User s Guide function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid
325. ve created will be shown in this box l K j l j j Selected Keyword Objects Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box 4 5 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Mame 1 Je 2 6 3 f 4 8 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Dray Te K 141 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name default Categories File Extensions Image TT bmp dib gif ljpeg Ll ipg M jega C jpe Clear All pet Lhpex pic pict O png L tif tiff Video Select Al Ll asf lavi Llmev Llmpe Ll mpeg Cl mpg L mp4 Clear All L qt L rm L wmv Ll 3gp l 3gpp Ll 3gpp2 L1 3g2 Audio Select Al Nu Fiir au mp3 m4a m4p ogg Fra ram vox wawv wma Clear All Java Select Al class jad LI jar L jav java jem
326. virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access Dray Tek 217 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 1 1n protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless netw
327. ways need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IFP Max Sessions Specific Limitation Sri 0 Endi 0 Maximum Sessians EE Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup EH Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit session Disable Click this button to close the function of limit session Default session limit Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Limitation List Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Start IP Defines the start IP address for limit session Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 154 Dr ay Te k End IP Defines the end IP address for limit session Maximum Sessions Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for eac
328. ws the menu items for Applications Applications 3 4 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Dray Tek 47 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu
329. y 1 pes Key 2 E Key 3 po Key 4 pm For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Dx414233313Z For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 0123456789 abc or U 30313233343536373838414243 There are several modes provided for you to choose Mode Disable Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only 83 Vigor2710 Series User s Guide Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading
330. ype Object Service Type Object Profiles Index Mame 1 SIP i ETP 3 4 5 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name e e JF PS PR Pe Pe Pe Ps Ps Ps PS ex jm E Pm eB qe pm N 5 jen a j amp 3 ex qe je eS ql FIRE BRE RB rPrPr Pe eeee Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Vigor2710 Series User s Guide 138 Dr ay Te k Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects 1 SIP J RTPF Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 4 5 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Mame 1 A 2 18 3 19 4 20 J 21 6 Ze fh 23 8 24 9 3 11 ai 13 29 16 32 zz 1 32 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200

Draytek Vigor2710Vn

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents